1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 113 * on this channel. 114 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 115 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 116 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 117 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 118 * restrictions. 119 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 121 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 122 * not permitted using this channel 123 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 124 * not permitted using this channel 125 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 126 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 127 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 129 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 130 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, 131 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 132 */ 133 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 145 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 146 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = BIT(14), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = BIT(15), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = BIT(16), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = BIT(17), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = BIT(18), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 158 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 159 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 160 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), 161 }; 162 163 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 164 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 165 166 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 167 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 168 169 /** 170 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 171 * 172 * This structure describes a single channel for use 173 * with cfg80211. 174 * 175 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 176 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 177 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 178 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 179 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 180 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 181 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 182 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 183 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 184 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 185 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 186 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 187 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 188 * @orig_mag: internal use 189 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 190 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 191 * on this channel. 192 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 193 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 194 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 195 */ 196 struct ieee80211_channel { 197 enum nl80211_band band; 198 u32 center_freq; 199 u16 freq_offset; 200 u16 hw_value; 201 u32 flags; 202 int max_antenna_gain; 203 int max_power; 204 int max_reg_power; 205 bool beacon_found; 206 u32 orig_flags; 207 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 208 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 209 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 210 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 211 s8 psd; 212 }; 213 214 /** 215 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 216 * 217 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 218 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 219 * different bands/PHY modes. 220 * 221 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 222 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 223 * with CCK rates. 224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 225 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 226 * core code when registering the wiphy. 227 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 228 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 229 * core code when registering the wiphy. 230 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 231 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 232 * core code when registering the wiphy. 233 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 234 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 235 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 236 */ 237 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 238 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 239 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 240 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 242 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 243 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 244 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 245 }; 246 247 /** 248 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 249 * 250 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 251 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 252 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 253 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 254 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 255 */ 256 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 257 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 258 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 259 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 260 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 261 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 262 }; 263 264 /** 265 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 266 * 267 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 268 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 269 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 270 */ 271 enum ieee80211_privacy { 272 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 273 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 274 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 275 }; 276 277 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 278 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 279 280 /** 281 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 282 * 283 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 284 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 285 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 286 * passed around. 287 * 288 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 289 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 290 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 291 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 292 * short preamble is used 293 */ 294 struct ieee80211_rate { 295 u32 flags; 296 u16 bitrate; 297 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 298 }; 299 300 /** 301 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 302 * 303 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 304 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 305 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 306 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 307 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 308 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 309 * members of the SRG 310 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 311 * used by members of the SRG 312 */ 313 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 314 bool enable; 315 u8 sr_ctrl; 316 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 317 u8 min_offset; 318 u8 max_offset; 319 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 320 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 321 }; 322 323 /** 324 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 325 * 326 * @color: the current color. 327 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 328 * @partial: define the AID equation. 329 */ 330 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 331 u8 color; 332 bool enabled; 333 bool partial; 334 }; 335 336 /** 337 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 338 * 339 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 340 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 341 * 342 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 343 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 344 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 345 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 346 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 347 */ 348 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 349 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 350 bool ht_supported; 351 u8 ampdu_factor; 352 u8 ampdu_density; 353 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 354 }; 355 356 /** 357 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 358 * 359 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 360 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 361 * 362 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 363 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 364 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 365 */ 366 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 367 bool vht_supported; 368 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 369 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 370 }; 371 372 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 373 374 /** 375 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 376 * 377 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 378 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 379 * 380 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 381 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 382 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 383 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 384 */ 385 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 386 bool has_he; 387 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 388 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 389 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 390 }; 391 392 /** 393 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 394 * 395 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 396 * and NSS Set field" 397 * 398 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 399 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 400 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 401 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 402 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 403 */ 404 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 405 union { 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 407 struct { 408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 410 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 411 } __packed bw; 412 } __packed; 413 } __packed; 414 415 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 416 417 /** 418 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 419 * 420 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 421 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 422 * 423 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 424 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 425 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 426 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 427 */ 428 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 429 bool has_eht; 430 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 431 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 432 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 433 }; 434 435 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 436 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 437 /* 438 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 439 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 440 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 441 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 442 */ 443 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 444 #else 445 # define __iftd 446 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 447 448 /** 449 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 450 * 451 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 452 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 453 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 454 * 455 * @types_mask: interface types mask 456 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 457 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 458 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 459 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 460 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 461 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 462 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 463 */ 464 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 465 u16 types_mask; 466 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 467 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 468 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 469 struct { 470 const u8 *data; 471 unsigned int len; 472 } vendor_elems; 473 }; 474 475 /** 476 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 477 * 478 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 480 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 482 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 483 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 484 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 485 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 486 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 487 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 488 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 489 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 490 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 491 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 492 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 493 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 494 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 495 */ 496 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 499 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 500 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 501 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 502 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 503 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 504 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 505 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 506 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 507 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 508 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 509 }; 510 511 /** 512 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 513 * 514 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 515 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 516 * 517 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 518 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 519 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 520 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 521 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 522 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 523 */ 524 struct ieee80211_edmg { 525 u8 channels; 526 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 527 }; 528 529 /** 530 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 531 * 532 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 533 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 534 * 535 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 536 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 537 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 538 */ 539 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 540 bool s1g; 541 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 542 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 543 }; 544 545 /** 546 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 547 * 548 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 549 * is able to operate in. 550 * 551 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 552 * in this band. 553 * @band: the band this structure represents 554 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 555 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 556 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 557 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 558 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 559 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 560 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 561 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 562 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 563 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1G band only, of course) 564 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 565 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 566 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 567 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 568 * iftype_data). 569 */ 570 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 571 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 572 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 573 enum nl80211_band band; 574 int n_channels; 575 int n_bitrates; 576 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 577 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 578 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 579 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 580 u16 n_iftype_data; 581 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 582 }; 583 584 /** 585 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 586 * @sband: the sband to initialize 587 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 588 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 589 * 590 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 591 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 592 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 593 */ 594 static inline void 595 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 596 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 597 u16 n_iftd) 598 { 599 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 600 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 601 } 602 603 /** 604 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 605 * @sband: the sband to initialize 606 * @iftd: the iftype data array 607 */ 608 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 609 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 610 611 /** 612 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 613 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 614 * @i: iterator counter 615 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 616 */ 617 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 618 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 619 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 620 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 621 622 /** 623 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 624 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 625 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 626 * 627 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 628 */ 629 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 630 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 631 u8 iftype) 632 { 633 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 634 int i; 635 636 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES)) 637 return NULL; 638 639 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 640 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 641 642 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 643 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 644 return data; 645 } 646 647 return NULL; 648 } 649 650 /** 651 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 652 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 653 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 654 * 655 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 656 */ 657 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 658 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 659 u8 iftype) 660 { 661 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 662 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 663 664 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 665 return &data->he_cap; 666 667 return NULL; 668 } 669 670 /** 671 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 672 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 673 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 674 * 675 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 676 */ 677 static inline __le16 678 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 679 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 680 { 681 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 682 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 683 684 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 685 return 0; 686 687 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 688 } 689 690 /** 691 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 692 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 693 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 694 * 695 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 696 */ 697 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 698 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 699 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 700 { 701 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 702 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 703 704 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 705 return &data->eht_cap; 706 707 return NULL; 708 } 709 710 /** 711 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 712 * 713 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 714 * 715 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 716 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 717 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 718 * 719 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 720 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 721 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 722 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 723 * without affecting other devices. 724 * 725 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 726 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 727 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 728 */ 729 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 730 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 731 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 732 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 733 { 734 } 735 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 736 737 738 /* 739 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 740 */ 741 742 /** 743 * DOC: Actions and configuration 744 * 745 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 746 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 747 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 748 * operations use are described separately. 749 * 750 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 751 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 752 * 753 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 754 * in a separate chapter. 755 */ 756 757 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 758 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 759 760 /** 761 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 762 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 763 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 764 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 765 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 766 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 767 * determine the address as needed. 768 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 769 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 770 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 771 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 772 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 773 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 774 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 775 */ 776 struct vif_params { 777 u32 flags; 778 int use_4addr; 779 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 780 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 781 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 782 }; 783 784 /** 785 * struct key_params - key information 786 * 787 * Information about a key 788 * 789 * @key: key material 790 * @key_len: length of key material 791 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 792 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 793 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 794 * length given by @seq_len. 795 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 796 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 797 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 798 */ 799 struct key_params { 800 const u8 *key; 801 const u8 *seq; 802 int key_len; 803 int seq_len; 804 u16 vlan_id; 805 u32 cipher; 806 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 807 }; 808 809 /** 810 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 811 * @chan: the (control) channel 812 * @width: channel width 813 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 814 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 815 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 816 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 817 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 818 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 819 * parameters are ignored. 820 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 821 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 822 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 823 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 824 */ 825 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 826 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 827 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 828 u32 center_freq1; 829 u32 center_freq2; 830 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 831 u16 freq1_offset; 832 u16 punctured; 833 }; 834 835 /* 836 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 837 */ 838 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 839 struct { 840 u32 legacy; 841 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 842 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 843 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 844 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 845 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 846 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 847 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 848 }; 849 850 851 /** 852 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 853 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 854 * of the peer. 855 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 856 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 857 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 858 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 859 * @retry_long: retry count value 860 * @retry_short: retry count value 861 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 862 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 863 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 864 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 865 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 866 */ 867 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 868 bool config_override; 869 u8 tids; 870 u64 mask; 871 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 872 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 873 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 874 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 875 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 876 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 877 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 878 }; 879 880 /** 881 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 882 * @peer: Station's MAC address 883 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 884 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 885 */ 886 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 887 const u8 *peer; 888 u32 n_tid_conf; 889 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 890 }; 891 892 /** 893 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 894 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 895 * @kek: FILS KEK 896 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 897 * @snonce: STA Nonce 898 * @anonce: AP Nonce 899 */ 900 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 901 const u8 *macaddr; 902 const u8 *kek; 903 u8 kek_len; 904 const u8 *snonce; 905 const u8 *anonce; 906 }; 907 908 /** 909 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 910 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 911 * addresses. 912 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 913 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 914 */ 915 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 916 const u8 *macaddr; 917 bool enable; 918 }; 919 920 /** 921 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 922 * @chandef: the channel definition 923 * 924 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 925 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 926 */ 927 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 928 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 929 { 930 switch (chandef->width) { 931 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 932 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 933 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 934 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 935 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 936 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 937 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 938 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 939 default: 940 WARN_ON(1); 941 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 942 } 943 } 944 945 /** 946 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 947 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 948 * @channel: the control channel 949 * @chantype: the channel type 950 * 951 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 952 */ 953 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 954 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 955 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 956 957 /** 958 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 959 * @chandef1: first channel definition 960 * @chandef2: second channel definition 961 * 962 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 963 * identical, %false otherwise. 964 */ 965 static inline bool 966 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 967 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 968 { 969 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 970 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 971 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 972 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 973 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 974 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured); 975 } 976 977 /** 978 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 979 * 980 * @chandef: the channel definition 981 * 982 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 983 */ 984 static inline bool 985 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 986 { 987 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 988 } 989 990 /** 991 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 992 * @chandef1: first channel definition 993 * @chandef2: second channel definition 994 * 995 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 996 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 997 */ 998 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 999 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1000 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 1001 1002 /** 1003 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1004 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1005 * 1006 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1007 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1008 */ 1009 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1010 1011 /** 1012 * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz 1013 * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for 1014 * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns 1015 * 80 for 80+80 configurations 1016 */ 1017 static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c) 1018 { 1019 return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width); 1020 } 1021 1022 /** 1023 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1024 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1025 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1026 */ 1027 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1028 1029 /** 1030 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1031 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1032 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1033 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1034 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1035 */ 1036 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1037 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1038 u32 prohibited_flags); 1039 1040 /** 1041 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1042 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1043 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1044 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1045 * Returns: 1046 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1047 */ 1048 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1049 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1050 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1051 1052 /** 1053 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1054 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1055 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1056 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1057 * 1058 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1059 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1060 */ 1061 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1062 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1063 1064 /** 1065 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1066 * channel definition 1067 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1068 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1069 * 1070 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1071 */ 1072 unsigned int 1073 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1074 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1075 1076 /** 1077 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1078 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1079 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1080 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1081 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1082 * 1083 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1084 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1085 */ 1086 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1087 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1088 u16 *punctured); 1089 1090 /** 1091 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1092 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1093 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1094 * 1095 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1096 **/ 1097 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1098 1099 /** 1100 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1101 * 1102 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1103 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1104 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1105 * 1106 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1107 * 1108 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1109 */ 1110 static inline int 1111 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1112 { 1113 switch (chandef->width) { 1114 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1115 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1116 chandef->chan->max_power); 1117 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1118 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1119 chandef->chan->max_power); 1120 default: 1121 break; 1122 } 1123 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1124 } 1125 1126 /** 1127 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1128 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1129 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1130 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1131 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1132 * 1133 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1134 */ 1135 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1136 unsigned long band_mask, 1137 u32 prohibited_flags); 1138 1139 /** 1140 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1141 * 1142 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1143 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1144 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1145 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1146 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1147 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1148 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1149 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1150 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1151 * 1152 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1153 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1154 */ 1155 enum survey_info_flags { 1156 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1157 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1158 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1159 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1160 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1161 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1162 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1163 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1164 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1165 }; 1166 1167 /** 1168 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1169 * 1170 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1171 * record to report global statistics 1172 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1173 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1174 * optional 1175 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1176 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1177 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1178 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1179 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1180 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1181 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1182 * 1183 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1184 * 1185 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1186 * channel duty cycle etc. 1187 */ 1188 struct survey_info { 1189 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1190 u64 time; 1191 u64 time_busy; 1192 u64 time_ext_busy; 1193 u64 time_rx; 1194 u64 time_tx; 1195 u64 time_scan; 1196 u64 time_bss_rx; 1197 u32 filled; 1198 s8 noise; 1199 }; 1200 1201 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1202 1203 /** 1204 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1205 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1206 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1207 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1208 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1209 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1210 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1211 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1212 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1213 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1214 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1215 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1216 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1217 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1218 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1219 * protocol frames. 1220 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1221 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1222 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1223 * port for mac80211 1224 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1225 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1226 * offload) 1227 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1228 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1229 * 1230 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1231 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1232 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1233 * such a scenario. 1234 * 1235 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1236 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1237 * 1238 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1239 * Allow hash-to-element only 1240 * 1241 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1242 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1243 */ 1244 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1245 u32 wpa_versions; 1246 u32 cipher_group; 1247 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1248 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1249 int n_akm_suites; 1250 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1251 bool control_port; 1252 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1253 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1254 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1255 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1256 const u8 *psk; 1257 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1258 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1259 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1260 }; 1261 1262 /** 1263 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1264 * 1265 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1266 * @tx_link_id: link ID of the transmitted profile in an MLD. 1267 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1268 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1269 */ 1270 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1271 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1272 u8 tx_link_id; 1273 u8 index; 1274 bool ema; 1275 }; 1276 1277 /** 1278 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1279 * 1280 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1281 * 1282 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1283 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1284 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1285 */ 1286 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1287 u8 cnt; 1288 struct { 1289 const u8 *data; 1290 size_t len; 1291 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1292 }; 1293 1294 /** 1295 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1296 * 1297 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1298 * 1299 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1300 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1301 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1302 */ 1303 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1304 u8 cnt; 1305 struct { 1306 const u8 *data; 1307 size_t len; 1308 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1309 }; 1310 1311 /** 1312 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1313 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1314 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1315 * or %NULL if not changed 1316 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1317 * or %NULL if not changed 1318 * @head_len: length of @head 1319 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1320 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1321 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1322 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1323 * frames or %NULL 1324 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1325 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1326 * Response frames or %NULL 1327 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1328 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1329 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1330 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1331 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1332 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1333 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1334 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1335 * (measurement type 8) 1336 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1337 * Token (measurement type 11) 1338 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1339 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1340 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1341 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1342 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1343 */ 1344 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1345 unsigned int link_id; 1346 1347 const u8 *head, *tail; 1348 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1349 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1350 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1351 const u8 *probe_resp; 1352 const u8 *lci; 1353 const u8 *civicloc; 1354 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1355 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1356 s8 ftm_responder; 1357 1358 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1359 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1360 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1361 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1362 size_t probe_resp_len; 1363 size_t lci_len; 1364 size_t civicloc_len; 1365 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1366 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1367 }; 1368 1369 struct mac_address { 1370 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1371 }; 1372 1373 /** 1374 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1375 * 1376 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1377 * entry specified by mac_addr 1378 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1379 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1380 */ 1381 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1382 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1383 int n_acl_entries; 1384 1385 /* Keep it last */ 1386 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1387 }; 1388 1389 /** 1390 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1391 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1392 * 1393 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1394 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1395 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1396 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1397 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1398 * frame headers. 1399 */ 1400 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1401 bool update; 1402 u32 min_interval; 1403 u32 max_interval; 1404 size_t tmpl_len; 1405 const u8 *tmpl; 1406 }; 1407 1408 /** 1409 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1410 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1411 * 1412 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1413 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1414 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1415 * scanning 1416 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1417 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1418 */ 1419 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1420 bool update; 1421 u32 interval; 1422 size_t tmpl_len; 1423 const u8 *tmpl; 1424 }; 1425 1426 /** 1427 * struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon - S1G short beacon data. 1428 * 1429 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1430 * @short_head: Short beacon head. 1431 * @short_tail: Short beacon tail. 1432 * @short_head_len: Short beacon head len. 1433 * @short_tail_len: Short beacon tail len. 1434 */ 1435 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon { 1436 bool update; 1437 const u8 *short_head; 1438 const u8 *short_tail; 1439 size_t short_head_len; 1440 size_t short_tail_len; 1441 }; 1442 1443 /** 1444 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1445 * 1446 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1447 * 1448 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1449 * @beacon: beacon data 1450 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1451 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1452 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1453 * user space) 1454 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1455 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1456 * @crypto: crypto settings 1457 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1458 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1459 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1460 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1461 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1462 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1463 * MAC address based access control 1464 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1465 * networks. 1466 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1467 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1468 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1469 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1470 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1471 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1472 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1473 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1474 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1475 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1476 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1477 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1478 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1479 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1480 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1481 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1482 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1483 * @s1g_long_beacon_period: S1G long beacon period 1484 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1485 */ 1486 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1487 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1488 1489 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1490 1491 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1492 const u8 *ssid; 1493 size_t ssid_len; 1494 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1495 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1496 bool privacy; 1497 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1498 int inactivity_timeout; 1499 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1500 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1501 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1502 bool pbss; 1503 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1504 1505 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1506 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1507 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1508 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1509 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1510 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1511 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1512 bool twt_responder; 1513 u32 flags; 1514 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1515 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1516 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1517 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1518 u8 s1g_long_beacon_period; 1519 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1520 }; 1521 1522 1523 /** 1524 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1525 * 1526 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1527 * 1528 * @beacon: beacon data 1529 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1530 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1531 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1532 */ 1533 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1534 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1535 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1536 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1537 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1538 }; 1539 1540 /** 1541 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1542 * 1543 * Used for channel switch 1544 * 1545 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1546 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1547 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1548 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1549 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1550 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1551 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1552 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1553 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1554 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1555 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1556 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1557 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1558 */ 1559 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1560 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1561 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1562 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1563 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1564 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1565 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1566 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1567 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1568 bool radar_required; 1569 bool block_tx; 1570 u8 count; 1571 u8 link_id; 1572 }; 1573 1574 /** 1575 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1576 * 1577 * Used for bss color change 1578 * 1579 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1580 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1581 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1582 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1583 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1584 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1585 * @color: the color used after the change 1586 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1587 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1588 */ 1589 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1590 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1591 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1592 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1593 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1594 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1595 u8 count; 1596 u8 color; 1597 u8 link_id; 1598 }; 1599 1600 /** 1601 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1602 * 1603 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1604 * 1605 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1606 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1607 * to use for verification 1608 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1609 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1610 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1611 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1612 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1613 * nl80211_iftype. 1614 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1615 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1616 * the verification 1617 */ 1618 struct iface_combination_params { 1619 int radio_idx; 1620 int num_different_channels; 1621 u8 radar_detect; 1622 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1623 u32 new_beacon_int; 1624 }; 1625 1626 /** 1627 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1628 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1629 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1630 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1631 * 1632 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1633 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1634 */ 1635 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1636 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1637 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1638 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1639 }; 1640 1641 /** 1642 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1643 * 1644 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1645 * 1646 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1647 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1648 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1649 * power per-interface or per-station. 1650 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1651 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1652 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1653 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1654 * per peer TPC. 1655 */ 1656 struct sta_txpwr { 1657 s16 power; 1658 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1659 }; 1660 1661 /** 1662 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1663 * 1664 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1665 * 1666 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1667 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1668 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1669 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1670 * (or NULL for no change) 1671 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1672 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1673 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1674 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1675 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1676 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1677 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1678 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1679 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1680 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1681 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1682 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1683 * @s1g_capa: S1G capabilities of station 1684 */ 1685 struct link_station_parameters { 1686 const u8 *mld_mac; 1687 int link_id; 1688 const u8 *link_mac; 1689 const u8 *supported_rates; 1690 u8 supported_rates_len; 1691 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1692 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1693 u8 opmode_notif; 1694 bool opmode_notif_used; 1695 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1696 u8 he_capa_len; 1697 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1698 bool txpwr_set; 1699 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1700 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1701 u8 eht_capa_len; 1702 const struct ieee80211_s1g_cap *s1g_capa; 1703 }; 1704 1705 /** 1706 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1707 * 1708 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1709 * 1710 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1711 * @link_id: the link id 1712 */ 1713 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1714 const u8 *mld_mac; 1715 u32 link_id; 1716 }; 1717 1718 /** 1719 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1720 * 1721 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1722 * 1723 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1724 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1725 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1726 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1727 */ 1728 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1729 u16 dlink[8]; 1730 u16 ulink[8]; 1731 }; 1732 1733 /** 1734 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1735 * 1736 * Used to change and create a new station. 1737 * 1738 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1739 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1740 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1741 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1742 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1743 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1744 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1745 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1746 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1747 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1748 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1749 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1750 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1751 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1752 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1753 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1754 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1755 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1756 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1757 * to unknown) 1758 * @capability: station capability 1759 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1760 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1761 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1762 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1763 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1764 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1765 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1766 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1767 * @eml_cap_present: Specifies if EML capabilities field (@eml_cap) is 1768 * present/updated 1769 * @eml_cap: EML capabilities of this station 1770 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1771 */ 1772 struct station_parameters { 1773 struct net_device *vlan; 1774 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1775 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1776 int listen_interval; 1777 u16 aid; 1778 u16 vlan_id; 1779 u16 peer_aid; 1780 u8 plink_action; 1781 u8 plink_state; 1782 u8 uapsd_queues; 1783 u8 max_sp; 1784 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1785 u16 capability; 1786 const u8 *ext_capab; 1787 u8 ext_capab_len; 1788 const u8 *supported_channels; 1789 u8 supported_channels_len; 1790 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1791 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1792 int support_p2p_ps; 1793 u16 airtime_weight; 1794 bool eml_cap_present; 1795 u16 eml_cap; 1796 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1797 }; 1798 1799 /** 1800 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1801 * 1802 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1803 * 1804 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1805 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1806 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1807 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1808 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1809 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1810 * remove all stations. 1811 */ 1812 struct station_del_parameters { 1813 const u8 *mac; 1814 u8 subtype; 1815 u16 reason_code; 1816 int link_id; 1817 }; 1818 1819 /** 1820 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1821 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1822 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1823 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1824 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1825 * the AP MLME in the device 1826 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1827 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1828 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1829 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1830 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1831 * supported/used) 1832 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1833 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1834 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1835 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1836 */ 1837 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1838 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1839 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1840 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1841 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1842 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1843 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1844 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1845 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1846 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1847 }; 1848 1849 /** 1850 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1851 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1852 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1853 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1854 * 1855 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1856 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1857 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 1858 * 1859 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 1860 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 1861 * use them before calling this. 1862 */ 1863 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1864 struct station_parameters *params, 1865 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1866 1867 /** 1868 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1869 * 1870 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1871 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1872 * 1873 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1874 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1875 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1876 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1877 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1878 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1879 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1880 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1881 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1882 */ 1883 enum rate_info_flags { 1884 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1885 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1886 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1887 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1888 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1889 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1890 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1891 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1892 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1893 }; 1894 1895 /** 1896 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1897 * 1898 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1899 * 1900 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1901 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1902 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1903 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1904 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1905 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1906 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1907 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1908 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1909 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1910 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1911 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1912 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1913 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1914 */ 1915 enum rate_info_bw { 1916 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1917 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1918 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1919 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1920 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1921 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1922 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1923 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1924 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1925 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1926 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1927 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1928 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1929 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1930 }; 1931 1932 /** 1933 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1934 * 1935 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1936 * 1937 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1938 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1939 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1940 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1941 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1942 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1943 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1944 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1945 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1946 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1947 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1948 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1949 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1950 */ 1951 struct rate_info { 1952 u16 flags; 1953 u16 legacy; 1954 u8 mcs; 1955 u8 nss; 1956 u8 bw; 1957 u8 he_gi; 1958 u8 he_dcm; 1959 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1960 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1961 u8 eht_gi; 1962 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1963 }; 1964 1965 /** 1966 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1967 * 1968 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1969 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1970 * 1971 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1972 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1973 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1974 */ 1975 enum bss_param_flags { 1976 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 1977 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 1978 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 1979 }; 1980 1981 /** 1982 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1983 * 1984 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1985 * 1986 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1987 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1988 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1989 */ 1990 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1991 u8 flags; 1992 u8 dtim_period; 1993 u16 beacon_interval; 1994 }; 1995 1996 /** 1997 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1998 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1999 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2000 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 2001 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 2002 * @flows: number of new flows seen 2003 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 2004 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 2005 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 2006 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 2007 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 2008 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 2009 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 2010 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 2011 */ 2012 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 2013 u32 filled; 2014 u32 backlog_bytes; 2015 u32 backlog_packets; 2016 u32 flows; 2017 u32 drops; 2018 u32 ecn_marks; 2019 u32 overlimit; 2020 u32 overmemory; 2021 u32 collisions; 2022 u32 tx_bytes; 2023 u32 tx_packets; 2024 u32 max_flows; 2025 }; 2026 2027 /** 2028 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2029 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2030 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2031 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2032 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2033 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2034 * transmitted MSDUs 2035 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2036 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2037 */ 2038 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2039 u32 filled; 2040 u64 rx_msdu; 2041 u64 tx_msdu; 2042 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2043 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2044 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2045 }; 2046 2047 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2048 2049 /** 2050 * struct link_station_info - link station information 2051 * 2052 * Link station information filled by driver for get_station() and 2053 * dump_station(). 2054 * @filled: bit flag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2055 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2056 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a link of station is last connected 2057 * @inactive_time: time since last activity for link station(tx/rx) 2058 * in milliseconds 2059 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association of link of station 2060 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this link of station 2061 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2062 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2063 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2064 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's 2065 * signal_type. For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_ 2066 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2067 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2068 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2069 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this link of station 2070 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this link of station 2071 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this link of station 2072 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2073 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) for this link of station 2074 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2075 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2076 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2077 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2078 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2079 * towards this station. 2080 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2081 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2082 * from this peer 2083 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2084 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2085 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2086 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2087 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2088 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2089 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2090 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2091 * been sent. 2092 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2093 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2094 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2095 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2096 * @addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with address of the link of station. 2097 */ 2098 struct link_station_info { 2099 u64 filled; 2100 u32 connected_time; 2101 u32 inactive_time; 2102 u64 assoc_at; 2103 u64 rx_bytes; 2104 u64 tx_bytes; 2105 s8 signal; 2106 s8 signal_avg; 2107 2108 u8 chains; 2109 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2110 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2111 2112 struct rate_info txrate; 2113 struct rate_info rxrate; 2114 u32 rx_packets; 2115 u32 tx_packets; 2116 u32 tx_retries; 2117 u32 tx_failed; 2118 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2119 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2120 2121 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2122 2123 u32 expected_throughput; 2124 2125 u64 tx_duration; 2126 u64 rx_duration; 2127 u64 rx_beacon; 2128 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2129 2130 u16 airtime_weight; 2131 2132 s8 ack_signal; 2133 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2134 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2135 2136 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2137 u32 fcs_err_count; 2138 2139 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2140 }; 2141 2142 /** 2143 * struct station_info - station information 2144 * 2145 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2146 * 2147 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2148 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2149 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2150 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2151 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2152 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2153 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2154 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2155 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2156 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2157 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2158 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2159 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2160 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2161 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2162 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2163 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2164 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2165 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2166 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2167 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2168 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2169 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2170 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2171 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2172 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2173 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2174 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2175 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2176 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2177 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2178 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2179 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2180 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2181 * @llid: mesh local link id 2182 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2183 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2184 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2185 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2186 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2187 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2188 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2189 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2190 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2191 * towards this station. 2192 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2193 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2194 * from this peer 2195 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2196 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2197 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2198 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2199 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2200 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2201 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2202 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2203 * been sent. 2204 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2205 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2206 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2207 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2208 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2209 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2210 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2211 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2212 * dump_station() callbacks. 2213 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2214 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2215 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2216 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2217 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2218 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2219 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2220 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2221 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2222 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2223 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2224 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2225 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2226 * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. Drivers fill this 2227 * information in cfg80211_new_sta(), cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), 2228 * get_station() and dump_station() callbacks. 2229 * @links: reference to Link sta entries for MLO STA, all link specific 2230 * information is accessed through links[link_id]. 2231 */ 2232 struct station_info { 2233 u64 filled; 2234 u32 connected_time; 2235 u32 inactive_time; 2236 u64 assoc_at; 2237 u64 rx_bytes; 2238 u64 tx_bytes; 2239 s8 signal; 2240 s8 signal_avg; 2241 2242 u8 chains; 2243 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2244 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2245 2246 struct rate_info txrate; 2247 struct rate_info rxrate; 2248 u32 rx_packets; 2249 u32 tx_packets; 2250 u32 tx_retries; 2251 u32 tx_failed; 2252 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2253 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2254 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2255 2256 int generation; 2257 2258 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2259 2260 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2261 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2262 2263 s64 t_offset; 2264 u16 llid; 2265 u16 plid; 2266 u8 plink_state; 2267 u8 connected_to_gate; 2268 u8 connected_to_as; 2269 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2270 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2271 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2272 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2273 2274 u32 expected_throughput; 2275 2276 u16 airtime_weight; 2277 2278 s8 ack_signal; 2279 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2280 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2281 2282 u64 tx_duration; 2283 u64 rx_duration; 2284 u64 rx_beacon; 2285 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2286 2287 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2288 u32 fcs_err_count; 2289 2290 bool mlo_params_valid; 2291 u8 assoc_link_id; 2292 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2293 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2294 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2295 2296 u16 valid_links; 2297 struct link_station_info *links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2298 }; 2299 2300 /** 2301 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2302 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2303 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2304 */ 2305 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2306 s32 power; 2307 u32 freq_range_index; 2308 }; 2309 2310 /** 2311 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2312 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2313 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2314 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2315 */ 2316 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2317 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2318 u32 num_sub_specs; 2319 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2320 }; 2321 2322 2323 /** 2324 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2325 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2326 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2327 */ 2328 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2329 u32 start_freq; 2330 u32 end_freq; 2331 }; 2332 2333 /** 2334 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2335 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2336 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2337 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2338 * 2339 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2340 * range to small ones and then append them. 2341 */ 2342 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2343 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2344 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2345 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2346 }; 2347 2348 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2349 /** 2350 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2351 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2352 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2353 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2354 * 2355 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2356 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2357 * considered undefined. 2358 */ 2359 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2360 struct station_info *sinfo); 2361 #else 2362 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2363 const u8 *mac_addr, 2364 struct station_info *sinfo) 2365 { 2366 return -ENOENT; 2367 } 2368 #endif 2369 2370 /** 2371 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2372 * 2373 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2374 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2375 * 2376 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2377 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2378 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2379 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2380 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2381 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2382 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2383 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2384 */ 2385 enum monitor_flags { 2386 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2387 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2388 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2389 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2390 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2391 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2392 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2393 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2394 }; 2395 2396 /** 2397 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2398 * 2399 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2400 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2401 * 2402 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2403 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2404 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2405 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2406 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2407 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2408 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2409 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2410 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2411 */ 2412 enum mpath_info_flags { 2413 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2414 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2415 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2416 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2417 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2418 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2419 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2420 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2421 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2422 }; 2423 2424 /** 2425 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2426 * 2427 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2428 * 2429 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2430 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2431 * @sn: target sequence number 2432 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2433 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2434 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2435 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2436 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2437 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2438 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2439 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2440 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2441 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2442 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2443 */ 2444 struct mpath_info { 2445 u32 filled; 2446 u32 frame_qlen; 2447 u32 sn; 2448 u32 metric; 2449 u32 exptime; 2450 u32 discovery_timeout; 2451 u8 discovery_retries; 2452 u8 flags; 2453 u8 hop_count; 2454 u32 path_change_count; 2455 2456 int generation; 2457 }; 2458 2459 /** 2460 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2461 * 2462 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2463 * 2464 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2465 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2466 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2467 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2468 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2469 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2470 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2471 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2472 * (or NULL for no change) 2473 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2474 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2475 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2476 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2477 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2478 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2479 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2480 */ 2481 struct bss_parameters { 2482 int link_id; 2483 int use_cts_prot; 2484 int use_short_preamble; 2485 int use_short_slot_time; 2486 const u8 *basic_rates; 2487 u8 basic_rates_len; 2488 int ap_isolate; 2489 int ht_opmode; 2490 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2491 }; 2492 2493 /** 2494 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2495 * 2496 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2497 * 2498 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2499 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2500 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2501 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2502 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2503 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2504 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2505 * mesh interface 2506 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2507 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2508 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2509 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2510 * elements 2511 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2512 * detect compatible mesh peers 2513 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2514 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2515 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2516 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2517 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2518 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2519 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2520 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2521 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2522 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2523 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2524 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2525 * element 2526 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2527 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2528 * element 2529 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2530 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2531 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2532 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2533 * announcements are transmitted 2534 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2535 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2536 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2537 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2538 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2539 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2540 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2541 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2542 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2543 * station to establish a peer link 2544 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2545 * 2546 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2547 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2548 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2549 * 2550 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2551 * PREQs are transmitted. 2552 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2553 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2554 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2555 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2556 * setting for new peer links. 2557 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2558 * after transmitting its beacon. 2559 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2560 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2561 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2562 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2563 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2564 * in the mesh formation field. 2565 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2566 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2567 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2568 * in the mesh path table 2569 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2570 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2571 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2572 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2573 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2574 */ 2575 struct mesh_config { 2576 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2577 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2578 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2579 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2580 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2581 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2582 u8 element_ttl; 2583 bool auto_open_plinks; 2584 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2585 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2586 u32 path_refresh_time; 2587 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2588 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2589 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2590 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2591 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2592 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2593 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2594 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2595 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2596 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2597 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2598 s32 rssi_threshold; 2599 u16 ht_opmode; 2600 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2601 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2602 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2603 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2604 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2605 u32 plink_timeout; 2606 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2607 }; 2608 2609 /** 2610 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2611 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2612 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2613 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2614 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2615 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2616 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2617 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2618 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2619 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2620 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2621 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2622 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2623 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2624 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2625 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2626 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2627 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2628 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2629 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2630 * to operate on DFS channels. 2631 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2632 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2633 * 2634 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2635 */ 2636 struct mesh_setup { 2637 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2638 const u8 *mesh_id; 2639 u8 mesh_id_len; 2640 u8 sync_method; 2641 u8 path_sel_proto; 2642 u8 path_metric; 2643 u8 auth_id; 2644 const u8 *ie; 2645 u8 ie_len; 2646 bool is_authenticated; 2647 bool is_secure; 2648 bool user_mpm; 2649 u8 dtim_period; 2650 u16 beacon_interval; 2651 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2652 u32 basic_rates; 2653 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2654 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2655 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2656 }; 2657 2658 /** 2659 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2660 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2661 * 2662 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2663 */ 2664 struct ocb_setup { 2665 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2666 }; 2667 2668 /** 2669 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2670 * @ac: AC identifier 2671 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2672 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2673 * 1..32767] 2674 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2675 * 1..32767] 2676 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2677 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2678 */ 2679 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2680 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2681 u16 txop; 2682 u16 cwmin; 2683 u16 cwmax; 2684 u8 aifs; 2685 int link_id; 2686 }; 2687 2688 /** 2689 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2690 * 2691 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2692 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2693 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2694 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2695 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2696 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2697 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2698 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2699 * in the wiphy structure. 2700 * 2701 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2702 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2703 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2704 * 2705 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2706 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2707 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2708 * to userspace. 2709 */ 2710 2711 /** 2712 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2713 * @ssid: the SSID 2714 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2715 */ 2716 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2717 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2718 u8 ssid_len; 2719 }; 2720 2721 /** 2722 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2723 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2724 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2725 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2726 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2727 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2728 * userspace will be notified of that 2729 */ 2730 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2731 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2732 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2733 bool aborted; 2734 }; 2735 2736 /** 2737 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2738 * 2739 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2740 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2741 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2742 * which the above info is relevant to 2743 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2744 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2745 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2746 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2747 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2748 */ 2749 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2750 u32 short_ssid; 2751 u32 channel_idx; 2752 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2753 bool unsolicited_probe; 2754 bool short_ssid_valid; 2755 bool psc_no_listen; 2756 s8 psd_20; 2757 }; 2758 2759 /** 2760 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2761 * 2762 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2763 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2764 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2765 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2766 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2767 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2768 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2769 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2770 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2771 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2772 * %duration field. 2773 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2774 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2775 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2776 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2777 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2778 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2779 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2780 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2781 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2782 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2783 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2784 * true if this is a 6 GHz scan request 2785 * @first_part: %true if this is the first part of a split scan request or a 2786 * scan that was not split. May be %true for a @scan_6ghz scan if no other 2787 * channels were requested 2788 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2789 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2790 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2791 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2792 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2793 */ 2794 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2795 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2796 int n_ssids; 2797 u32 n_channels; 2798 const u8 *ie; 2799 size_t ie_len; 2800 u16 duration; 2801 bool duration_mandatory; 2802 u32 flags; 2803 2804 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2805 2806 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2807 2808 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2809 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2810 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2811 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2812 unsigned long scan_start; 2813 bool no_cck; 2814 bool scan_6ghz; 2815 bool first_part; 2816 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2817 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2818 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2819 2820 /* keep last */ 2821 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2822 }; 2823 2824 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2825 { 2826 int i; 2827 2828 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2829 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2830 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2831 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2832 } 2833 } 2834 2835 /** 2836 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2837 * 2838 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2839 * or no match (RSSI only) 2840 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2841 * or no match (RSSI only) 2842 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2843 */ 2844 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2845 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2846 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2847 s32 rssi_thold; 2848 }; 2849 2850 /** 2851 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2852 * 2853 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2854 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2855 * infinite loop. 2856 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2857 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2858 */ 2859 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2860 u32 interval; 2861 u32 iterations; 2862 }; 2863 2864 /** 2865 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2866 * 2867 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2868 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2869 */ 2870 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2871 enum nl80211_band band; 2872 s8 delta; 2873 }; 2874 2875 /** 2876 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2877 * 2878 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2879 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2880 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2881 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2882 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2883 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2884 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2885 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2886 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2887 * (others are filtered out). 2888 * If omitted, all results are passed. 2889 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2890 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2891 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2892 * @dev: the interface 2893 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2894 * @channels: channels to scan 2895 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2896 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2897 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2898 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2899 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2900 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2901 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2902 * index must be executed first. 2903 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2904 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2905 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2906 * owned by a particular socket) 2907 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2908 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2909 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2910 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2911 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2912 * supported. 2913 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2914 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2915 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2916 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2917 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2918 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2919 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2920 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2921 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2922 * comparisons. 2923 */ 2924 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2925 u64 reqid; 2926 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2927 int n_ssids; 2928 u32 n_channels; 2929 const u8 *ie; 2930 size_t ie_len; 2931 u32 flags; 2932 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2933 int n_match_sets; 2934 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2935 u32 delay; 2936 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2937 int n_scan_plans; 2938 2939 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2940 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2941 2942 bool relative_rssi_set; 2943 s8 relative_rssi; 2944 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2945 2946 /* internal */ 2947 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2948 struct net_device *dev; 2949 unsigned long scan_start; 2950 bool report_results; 2951 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2952 u32 owner_nlportid; 2953 bool nl_owner_dead; 2954 struct list_head list; 2955 2956 /* keep last */ 2957 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2958 }; 2959 2960 /** 2961 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2962 * 2963 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2964 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2965 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2966 */ 2967 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2968 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2969 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2970 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2971 }; 2972 2973 /** 2974 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2975 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2976 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2977 * signal type 2978 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2979 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2980 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2981 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2982 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2983 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2984 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2985 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2986 * by %parent_bssid. 2987 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2988 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2989 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2990 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2991 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 2992 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 2993 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 2994 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 2995 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 2996 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 2997 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 2998 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 2999 */ 3000 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 3001 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3002 s32 signal; 3003 u64 boottime_ns; 3004 u64 parent_tsf; 3005 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3006 u8 chains; 3007 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3008 3009 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 3010 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3011 3012 void *drv_data; 3013 }; 3014 3015 /** 3016 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 3017 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 3018 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 3019 * @len: length of the IEs 3020 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 3021 * @data: IE data 3022 */ 3023 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 3024 u64 tsf; 3025 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3026 int len; 3027 bool from_beacon; 3028 u8 data[]; 3029 }; 3030 3031 /** 3032 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 3033 * 3034 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 3035 * for use in scan results and similar. 3036 * 3037 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 3038 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 3039 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 3040 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 3041 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 3042 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 3043 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 3044 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 3045 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 3046 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 3047 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 3048 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 3049 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 3050 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 3051 * cannot rely on it having valid data 3052 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 3053 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 3054 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 3055 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 3056 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 3057 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 3058 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 3059 * (multi-BSSID support) 3060 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 3061 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 3062 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3063 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3064 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 3065 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 3066 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3067 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3068 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3069 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3070 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3071 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 3072 */ 3073 struct cfg80211_bss { 3074 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3075 3076 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 3077 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 3078 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 3079 3080 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 3081 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 3082 struct list_head nontrans_list; 3083 3084 s32 signal; 3085 3086 u64 ts_boottime; 3087 3088 u16 beacon_interval; 3089 u16 capability; 3090 3091 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3092 u8 chains; 3093 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3094 3095 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 3096 3097 u8 bssid_index; 3098 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 3099 3100 u8 use_for; 3101 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3102 3103 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 3104 }; 3105 3106 /** 3107 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 3108 * @bss: the bss to search 3109 * @id: the element ID 3110 * 3111 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3112 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3113 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3114 */ 3115 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3116 3117 /** 3118 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3119 * @bss: the bss to search 3120 * @id: the element ID 3121 * 3122 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3123 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3124 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3125 */ 3126 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3127 { 3128 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3129 } 3130 3131 3132 /** 3133 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3134 * 3135 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3136 * authentication. 3137 * 3138 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3139 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3140 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3141 * supported by the station. 3142 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3143 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3144 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3145 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3146 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3147 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3148 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3149 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3150 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3151 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3152 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3153 * transaction sequence number field. 3154 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3155 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3156 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3157 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3158 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3159 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3160 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3161 */ 3162 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3163 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3164 const u8 *ie; 3165 size_t ie_len; 3166 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3167 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3168 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3169 const u8 *key; 3170 u8 key_len; 3171 s8 key_idx; 3172 const u8 *auth_data; 3173 size_t auth_data_len; 3174 s8 link_id; 3175 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3176 }; 3177 3178 /** 3179 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3180 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3181 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3182 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3183 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3184 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 3185 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 3186 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3187 * operation as a whole must fail. 3188 */ 3189 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3190 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3191 const u8 *elems; 3192 size_t elems_len; 3193 bool disabled; 3194 int error; 3195 }; 3196 3197 /** 3198 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request 3199 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link 3200 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove 3201 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3202 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame 3203 */ 3204 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { 3205 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3206 u16 rem_links; 3207 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3208 }; 3209 3210 /** 3211 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3212 * 3213 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3214 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3215 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3216 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3217 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3218 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3219 * request (connect callback). 3220 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3221 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3222 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3223 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3224 * flag is not set. 3225 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3226 */ 3227 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3228 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3229 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3230 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3231 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3232 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3233 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3234 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3235 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3236 }; 3237 3238 /** 3239 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3240 * 3241 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3242 * (re)association. 3243 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3244 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3245 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3246 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3247 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3248 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3249 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3250 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3251 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3252 * @crypto: crypto settings 3253 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3254 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3255 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3256 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3257 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3258 * frame. 3259 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3260 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3261 * (or %NULL for no change). 3262 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3263 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors 3264 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3265 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3266 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3267 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3268 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3269 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3270 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3271 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3272 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3273 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3274 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3275 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3276 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3277 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3278 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3279 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3280 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3281 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3282 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3283 * userspace for the association 3284 */ 3285 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3286 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3287 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3288 size_t ie_len; 3289 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3290 bool use_mfp; 3291 u32 flags; 3292 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3293 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3294 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3295 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3296 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3297 const u8 *fils_kek; 3298 size_t fils_kek_len; 3299 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3300 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3301 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3302 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3303 s8 link_id; 3304 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3305 }; 3306 3307 /** 3308 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3309 * 3310 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3311 * deauthentication. 3312 * 3313 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3314 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3315 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3316 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3317 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3318 * do not set a deauth frame 3319 */ 3320 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3321 const u8 *bssid; 3322 const u8 *ie; 3323 size_t ie_len; 3324 u16 reason_code; 3325 bool local_state_change; 3326 }; 3327 3328 /** 3329 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3330 * 3331 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3332 * disassociation. 3333 * 3334 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3335 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3336 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3337 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3338 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3339 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3340 */ 3341 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3342 const u8 *ap_addr; 3343 const u8 *ie; 3344 size_t ie_len; 3345 u16 reason_code; 3346 bool local_state_change; 3347 }; 3348 3349 /** 3350 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3351 * 3352 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3353 * method. 3354 * 3355 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3356 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3357 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3358 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3359 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3360 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3361 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3362 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3363 * @ie_len: length of that 3364 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3365 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3366 * after joining 3367 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3368 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3369 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3370 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3371 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3372 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3373 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3374 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3375 * to operate on DFS channels. 3376 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3377 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3378 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3379 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3380 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3381 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3382 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3383 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3384 */ 3385 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3386 const u8 *ssid; 3387 const u8 *bssid; 3388 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3389 const u8 *ie; 3390 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3391 u16 beacon_interval; 3392 u32 basic_rates; 3393 bool channel_fixed; 3394 bool privacy; 3395 bool control_port; 3396 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3397 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3398 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3399 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3400 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3401 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3402 int wep_tx_key; 3403 }; 3404 3405 /** 3406 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3407 * 3408 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3409 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3410 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3411 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3412 */ 3413 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3414 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3415 union { 3416 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3417 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3418 } param; 3419 }; 3420 3421 /** 3422 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3423 * 3424 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3425 * authentication and association. 3426 * 3427 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3428 * on scan results) 3429 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3430 * %NULL if not specified 3431 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3432 * results) 3433 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3434 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3435 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3436 * to use. 3437 * @ssid: SSID 3438 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3439 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3440 * @ie: IEs for association request 3441 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3442 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3443 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3444 * @crypto: crypto settings 3445 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3446 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3447 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3448 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3449 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3450 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3451 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3452 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3453 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3454 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3455 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3456 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3457 * networks. 3458 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3459 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3460 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3461 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3462 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3463 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3464 * frame. 3465 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3466 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3467 * data IE. 3468 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3469 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3470 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3471 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3472 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3473 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3474 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3475 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3476 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3477 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3478 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3479 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3480 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3481 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3482 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3483 */ 3484 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3485 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3486 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3487 const u8 *bssid; 3488 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3489 const u8 *ssid; 3490 size_t ssid_len; 3491 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3492 const u8 *ie; 3493 size_t ie_len; 3494 bool privacy; 3495 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3496 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3497 const u8 *key; 3498 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3499 u32 flags; 3500 int bg_scan_period; 3501 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3502 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3503 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3504 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3505 bool pbss; 3506 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3507 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3508 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3509 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3510 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3511 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3512 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3513 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3514 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3515 bool want_1x; 3516 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3517 }; 3518 3519 /** 3520 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3521 * 3522 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3523 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3524 * 3525 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3526 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3527 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3528 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3529 */ 3530 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3531 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3532 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3533 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3534 }; 3535 3536 /** 3537 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3538 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3539 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3540 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3541 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3542 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3543 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3544 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3545 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3546 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3547 */ 3548 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3549 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3550 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3551 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3552 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3553 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3554 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3555 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3556 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3557 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3558 }; 3559 3560 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3561 3562 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3563 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3564 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3565 3566 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3567 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3568 3569 /** 3570 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3571 * 3572 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3573 * caching. 3574 * 3575 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3576 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3577 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3578 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3579 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3580 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3581 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3582 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3583 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3584 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3585 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3586 * %NULL). 3587 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3588 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3589 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3590 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3591 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3592 * used for it expires. 3593 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3594 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3595 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3596 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3597 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3598 */ 3599 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3600 const u8 *bssid; 3601 const u8 *pmkid; 3602 const u8 *pmk; 3603 size_t pmk_len; 3604 const u8 *ssid; 3605 size_t ssid_len; 3606 const u8 *cache_id; 3607 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3608 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3609 }; 3610 3611 /** 3612 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3613 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3614 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3615 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3616 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3617 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3618 * 3619 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3620 * memory, free @mask only! 3621 */ 3622 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3623 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3624 int pattern_len; 3625 int pkt_offset; 3626 }; 3627 3628 /** 3629 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3630 * 3631 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3632 * @src: source IP address 3633 * @dst: destination IP address 3634 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3635 * @src_port: source port 3636 * @dst_port: destination port 3637 * @payload_len: data payload length 3638 * @payload: data payload buffer 3639 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3640 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3641 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3642 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3643 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3644 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3645 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3646 */ 3647 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3648 struct socket *sock; 3649 __be32 src, dst; 3650 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3651 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3652 int payload_len; 3653 const u8 *payload; 3654 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3655 u32 data_interval; 3656 u32 wake_len; 3657 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3658 u32 tokens_size; 3659 /* must be last, variable member */ 3660 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3661 }; 3662 3663 /** 3664 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3665 * 3666 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3667 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3668 * operating as normal during suspend 3669 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3670 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3671 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3672 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3673 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3674 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3675 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3676 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3677 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3678 * NULL if not configured. 3679 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3680 */ 3681 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3682 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3683 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3684 rfkill_release; 3685 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3686 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3687 int n_patterns; 3688 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3689 }; 3690 3691 /** 3692 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3693 * 3694 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3695 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3696 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3697 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3698 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3699 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3700 */ 3701 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3702 int delay; 3703 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3704 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3705 int n_patterns; 3706 }; 3707 3708 /** 3709 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3710 * 3711 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3712 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3713 * @n_rules: number of rules 3714 */ 3715 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3716 int n_rules; 3717 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3718 }; 3719 3720 /** 3721 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3722 * 3723 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3724 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3725 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3726 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3727 * occurred (in MHz) 3728 */ 3729 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3730 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3731 int n_channels; 3732 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3733 }; 3734 3735 /** 3736 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3737 * 3738 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3739 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3740 * match information. 3741 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3742 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3743 */ 3744 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3745 int n_matches; 3746 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3747 }; 3748 3749 /** 3750 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3751 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3752 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3753 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3754 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3755 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3756 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3757 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3758 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3759 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3760 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3761 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3762 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3763 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3764 * it is. 3765 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3766 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3767 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3768 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3769 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3770 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3771 */ 3772 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3773 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3774 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3775 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3776 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3777 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3778 s32 pattern_idx; 3779 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3780 const void *packet; 3781 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3782 }; 3783 3784 /** 3785 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3786 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3787 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3788 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3789 * @kek_len: length of kek 3790 * @kck_len: length of kck 3791 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3792 */ 3793 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3794 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3795 u32 akm; 3796 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3797 }; 3798 3799 /** 3800 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3801 * 3802 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3803 * 3804 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3805 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3806 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3807 */ 3808 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3809 u16 md; 3810 const u8 *ie; 3811 size_t ie_len; 3812 }; 3813 3814 /** 3815 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3816 * 3817 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3818 * 3819 * @chan: channel to use 3820 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3821 * @wait: duration for ROC 3822 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3823 * @len: buffer length 3824 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3825 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3826 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3827 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3828 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3829 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3830 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3831 */ 3832 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3833 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3834 bool offchan; 3835 unsigned int wait; 3836 const u8 *buf; 3837 size_t len; 3838 bool no_cck; 3839 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3840 int n_csa_offsets; 3841 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3842 int link_id; 3843 }; 3844 3845 /** 3846 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3847 * 3848 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3849 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3850 */ 3851 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3852 u8 dscp; 3853 u8 up; 3854 }; 3855 3856 /** 3857 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3858 * 3859 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3860 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3861 */ 3862 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3863 u8 low; 3864 u8 high; 3865 }; 3866 3867 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3868 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3869 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3870 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3871 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3872 3873 /** 3874 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3875 * 3876 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3877 * 3878 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3879 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3880 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3881 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3882 */ 3883 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3884 u8 num_des; 3885 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3886 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3887 }; 3888 3889 /** 3890 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3891 * 3892 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3893 * 3894 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3895 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3896 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3897 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3898 */ 3899 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3900 u8 master_pref; 3901 u8 bands; 3902 }; 3903 3904 /** 3905 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3906 * configuration 3907 * 3908 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3909 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3910 */ 3911 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3912 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3913 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3914 }; 3915 3916 /** 3917 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3918 * 3919 * @filter: the content of the filter 3920 * @len: the length of the filter 3921 */ 3922 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3923 const u8 *filter; 3924 u8 len; 3925 }; 3926 3927 /** 3928 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3929 * 3930 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3931 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3932 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3933 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3934 * implementation specific. 3935 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3936 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3937 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3938 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 3939 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3940 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3941 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3942 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3943 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3944 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3945 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3946 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3947 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3948 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3949 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3950 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3951 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3952 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3953 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3954 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3955 */ 3956 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3957 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3958 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3959 u8 publish_type; 3960 bool close_range; 3961 bool publish_bcast; 3962 bool subscribe_active; 3963 u8 followup_id; 3964 u8 followup_reqid; 3965 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3966 u32 ttl; 3967 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3968 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3969 bool srf_include; 3970 const u8 *srf_bf; 3971 u8 srf_bf_len; 3972 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3973 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3974 int srf_num_macs; 3975 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3976 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3977 u8 num_tx_filters; 3978 u8 num_rx_filters; 3979 u8 instance_id; 3980 u64 cookie; 3981 }; 3982 3983 /** 3984 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3985 * 3986 * @aa: authenticator address 3987 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3988 * @pmk: the PMK material 3989 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3990 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3991 * holds PMK-R0. 3992 */ 3993 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3994 const u8 *aa; 3995 u8 pmk_len; 3996 const u8 *pmk; 3997 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3998 }; 3999 4000 /** 4001 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 4002 * 4003 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 4004 * 4005 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 4006 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 4007 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 4008 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 4009 * authentication response command interface. 4010 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 4011 * authentication response command interface. 4012 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 4013 * authentication request event interface. 4014 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 4015 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 4016 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 4017 * response command interface (user space to driver). 4018 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 4019 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 4020 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 4021 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 4022 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 4023 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 4024 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 4025 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 4026 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 4027 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 4028 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 4029 * chosen for the authentication. 4030 */ 4031 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 4032 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 4033 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4034 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 4035 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 4036 u16 status; 4037 const u8 *pmkid; 4038 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4039 }; 4040 4041 /** 4042 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 4043 * 4044 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 4045 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 4046 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 4047 * answered 4048 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 4049 * successfully answered 4050 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 4051 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 4052 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 4053 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 4054 * of how much time the responder was busy 4055 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 4056 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 4057 * the responder 4058 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 4059 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 4060 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 4061 */ 4062 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 4063 u32 filled; 4064 u32 success_num; 4065 u32 partial_num; 4066 u32 failed_num; 4067 u32 asap_num; 4068 u32 non_asap_num; 4069 u64 total_duration_ms; 4070 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 4071 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 4072 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 4073 }; 4074 4075 /** 4076 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 4077 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 4078 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 4079 * reason than just "failure" 4080 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 4081 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 4082 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 4083 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 4084 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 4085 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 4086 * by the responder 4087 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 4088 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 4089 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 4090 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 4091 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 4092 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 4093 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 4094 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4095 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4096 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 4097 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 4098 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 4099 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 4100 * the square root of the variance) 4101 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 4102 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 4103 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 4104 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 4105 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 4106 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 4107 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 4108 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 4109 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 4110 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 4111 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 4112 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 4113 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 4114 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 4115 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 4116 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 4117 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 4118 */ 4119 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 4120 const u8 *lci; 4121 const u8 *civicloc; 4122 unsigned int lci_len; 4123 unsigned int civicloc_len; 4124 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 4125 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 4126 s16 burst_index; 4127 u8 busy_retry_time; 4128 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4129 u8 burst_duration; 4130 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4131 s32 rssi_avg; 4132 s32 rssi_spread; 4133 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4134 s64 rtt_avg; 4135 s64 rtt_variance; 4136 s64 rtt_spread; 4137 s64 dist_avg; 4138 s64 dist_variance; 4139 s64 dist_spread; 4140 4141 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4142 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4143 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4144 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4145 tx_rate_valid:1, 4146 rx_rate_valid:1, 4147 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4148 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4149 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4150 dist_avg_valid:1, 4151 dist_variance_valid:1, 4152 dist_spread_valid:1; 4153 }; 4154 4155 /** 4156 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4157 * @addr: address of the peer 4158 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4159 * measurement was made) 4160 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4161 * @status: status of the measurement 4162 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4163 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4164 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4165 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4166 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4167 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4168 * @ftm: FTM result 4169 */ 4170 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4171 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4172 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4173 4174 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4175 4176 u8 final:1, 4177 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4178 4179 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4180 4181 union { 4182 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4183 }; 4184 }; 4185 4186 /** 4187 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4188 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4189 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4190 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4191 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4192 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4193 * @burst_duration: burst duration 4194 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 4195 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4196 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4197 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4198 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4199 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4200 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4201 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4202 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4203 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4204 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4205 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4206 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4207 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4208 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4209 * 4210 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4211 */ 4212 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4213 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4214 u16 burst_period; 4215 u8 requested:1, 4216 asap:1, 4217 request_lci:1, 4218 request_civicloc:1, 4219 trigger_based:1, 4220 non_trigger_based:1, 4221 lmr_feedback:1; 4222 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4223 u8 burst_duration; 4224 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4225 u8 ftmr_retries; 4226 u8 bss_color; 4227 }; 4228 4229 /** 4230 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4231 * @addr: MAC address 4232 * @chandef: channel to use 4233 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4234 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4235 */ 4236 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4237 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4238 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4239 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4240 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4241 }; 4242 4243 /** 4244 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4245 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4246 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4247 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4248 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4249 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4250 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4251 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4252 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4253 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4254 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4255 * zero it means there's no timeout 4256 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4257 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4258 */ 4259 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4260 u64 cookie; 4261 void *drv_data; 4262 u32 n_peers; 4263 u32 nl_portid; 4264 4265 u32 timeout; 4266 4267 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4268 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4269 4270 struct list_head list; 4271 4272 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4273 }; 4274 4275 /** 4276 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4277 * 4278 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4279 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4280 * 4281 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4282 * 4283 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4284 * has to be done. 4285 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4286 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4287 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4288 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4289 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4290 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4291 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4292 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4293 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4294 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4295 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4296 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4297 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4298 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4299 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4300 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4301 */ 4302 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4303 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4304 u16 status; 4305 const u8 *ie; 4306 size_t ie_len; 4307 int assoc_link_id; 4308 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4309 }; 4310 4311 /** 4312 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4313 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4314 * for the entire device 4315 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4316 * for the given interface 4317 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4318 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4319 * for these subtypes 4320 */ 4321 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4322 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4323 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4324 }; 4325 4326 /** 4327 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4328 * 4329 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4330 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4331 * 4332 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4333 * on success or a negative error code. 4334 * 4335 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4336 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4337 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4338 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4339 * 4340 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4341 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4342 * configured for the device. 4343 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4344 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4345 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4346 * the device. 4347 * 4348 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4349 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4350 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4351 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4352 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4353 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4354 * 4355 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4356 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4357 * 4358 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4359 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4360 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4361 * 4362 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4363 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4364 * address is available. 4365 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4366 * 4367 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4368 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4369 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4370 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4371 * 4372 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4373 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4374 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4375 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4376 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4377 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4378 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4379 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4380 * 4381 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4382 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4383 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4384 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4385 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4386 * 4387 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4388 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4389 * 4390 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4391 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4392 * 4393 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4394 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4395 * 4396 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4397 * 4398 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4399 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4400 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4401 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4402 * 4403 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4404 * @del_station: Remove a station 4405 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4406 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4407 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4408 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4409 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4410 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4411 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4412 * 4413 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4414 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4415 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4416 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4417 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4418 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4419 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4420 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4421 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4422 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4423 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4424 * 4425 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4426 * 4427 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4428 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4429 * set, and which to leave alone. 4430 * 4431 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4432 * 4433 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4434 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4435 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4436 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4437 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4438 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4439 * 4440 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4441 * 4442 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4443 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4444 * join the mesh instead. 4445 * 4446 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4447 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4448 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4449 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4450 * 4451 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4452 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4453 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4454 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4455 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4456 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4457 * 4458 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4459 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4460 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4461 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4462 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4463 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4464 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4465 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4466 * 4467 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4468 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4469 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4470 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4471 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4472 * was received. 4473 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4474 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4475 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4476 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4477 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4478 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4479 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4480 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4481 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4482 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4483 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4484 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4485 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4486 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4487 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4488 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4489 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4490 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4491 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4492 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4493 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4494 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4495 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4496 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4497 * 4498 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4499 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4500 * to a merge. 4501 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4502 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4503 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4504 * 4505 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4506 * MESH mode) 4507 * 4508 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4509 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4510 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4511 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4512 * 4513 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4514 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4515 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4516 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4517 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4518 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4519 * return 0 if successful 4520 * 4521 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4522 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4523 * 4524 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4525 * 4526 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4527 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4528 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4529 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4530 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4531 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4532 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4533 * the duration value. 4534 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4535 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4536 * frame on another channel 4537 * 4538 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4539 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4540 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4541 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4542 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4543 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4544 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4545 * 4546 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4547 * 4548 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4549 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4550 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4551 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4552 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4553 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4554 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4555 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4556 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4557 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4558 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4559 * disabled.) 4560 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4561 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4562 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4563 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4564 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4565 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4566 * thresholds. 4567 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4568 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4569 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4570 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4571 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4572 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4573 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4574 * 4575 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4576 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4577 * 4578 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4579 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4580 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4581 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4582 * 4583 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4584 * 4585 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4586 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4587 * 4588 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4589 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4590 * 4591 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4592 * 4593 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4594 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4595 * current monitoring channel. 4596 * 4597 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4598 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4599 * 4600 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4601 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4602 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4603 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4604 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4605 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4606 * 4607 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4608 * 4609 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4610 * was finished on another phy. 4611 * 4612 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4613 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4614 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4615 * 4616 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4617 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4618 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4619 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4620 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4621 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4622 * 4623 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4624 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4625 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4626 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4627 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4628 * as soon as possible. 4629 * 4630 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4631 * 4632 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4633 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4634 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4635 * 4636 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4637 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4638 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4639 * account. 4640 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4641 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4642 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4643 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4644 * rejected) 4645 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4646 * 4647 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4648 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4649 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4650 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4651 * 4652 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4653 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4654 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4655 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4656 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4657 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4658 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4659 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4660 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4661 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4662 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4663 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4664 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4665 * provided @nan_func. 4666 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4667 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4668 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4669 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4670 * 4671 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4672 * 4673 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4674 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4675 * 4676 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4677 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4678 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4679 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4680 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4681 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4682 * 4683 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4684 * user space 4685 * 4686 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4687 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4688 * 4689 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4690 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4691 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4692 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4693 * 4694 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4695 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4696 * DH IE through this interface. 4697 * 4698 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4699 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4700 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4701 * This callback may sleep. 4702 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4703 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4704 * 4705 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4706 * 4707 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4708 * 4709 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4710 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4711 * Response frame. 4712 * 4713 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4714 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4715 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4716 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4717 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4718 * radar channel. 4719 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4720 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4721 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4722 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4723 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4724 * 4725 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4726 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 4727 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 4728 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 4729 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 4730 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 4731 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 4732 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 4733 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 4734 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 4735 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 4736 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 4737 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 4738 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 4739 */ 4740 struct cfg80211_ops { 4741 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4742 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4743 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4744 4745 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4746 const char *name, 4747 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4748 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4749 struct vif_params *params); 4750 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4751 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4752 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4753 struct net_device *dev, 4754 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4755 struct vif_params *params); 4756 4757 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4758 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4759 unsigned int link_id); 4760 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4761 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4762 unsigned int link_id); 4763 4764 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4765 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4766 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4767 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4768 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4769 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4770 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4771 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4772 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4773 const u8 *mac_addr); 4774 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4775 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4776 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4777 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4778 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4779 u8 key_index); 4780 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4781 struct net_device *netdev, 4782 int link_id, 4783 u8 key_index); 4784 4785 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4786 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4787 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4788 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 4789 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4790 unsigned int link_id); 4791 4792 4793 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4794 const u8 *mac, 4795 struct station_parameters *params); 4796 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4797 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4798 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4799 const u8 *mac, 4800 struct station_parameters *params); 4801 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4802 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4803 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4804 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4805 4806 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4807 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4808 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4809 const u8 *dst); 4810 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4811 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4812 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4813 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4814 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4815 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4816 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4817 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4818 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4819 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4820 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4821 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4822 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4823 struct net_device *dev, 4824 struct mesh_config *conf); 4825 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4826 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4827 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4828 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4829 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4830 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4831 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4832 4833 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4834 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4835 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4836 4837 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4838 struct bss_parameters *params); 4839 4840 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4841 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4842 4843 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4844 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4845 4846 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4847 struct net_device *dev, 4848 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4849 4850 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4851 struct net_device *dev, 4852 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4853 4854 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4855 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4856 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4857 4858 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4859 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4860 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4861 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4862 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4863 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4864 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4865 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4866 4867 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4868 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4869 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4870 struct net_device *dev, 4871 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4872 u32 changed); 4873 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4874 u16 reason_code); 4875 4876 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4877 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4878 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4879 4880 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4881 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4882 4883 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4884 u32 changed); 4885 4886 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4887 int radio_idx, 4888 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4889 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4890 int radio_idx, unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 4891 4892 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4893 4894 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4895 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4896 void *data, int len); 4897 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4898 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4899 void *data, int len); 4900 #endif 4901 4902 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4903 struct net_device *dev, 4904 unsigned int link_id, 4905 const u8 *peer, 4906 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4907 4908 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4909 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4910 4911 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4912 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4913 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4914 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4915 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4916 4917 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4918 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4919 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4920 unsigned int duration, 4921 u64 *cookie); 4922 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4923 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4924 u64 cookie); 4925 4926 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4927 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4928 u64 *cookie); 4929 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4930 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4931 u64 cookie); 4932 4933 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4934 bool enabled, int timeout); 4935 4936 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4937 struct net_device *dev, 4938 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4939 4940 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4941 struct net_device *dev, 4942 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4943 4944 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4945 struct net_device *dev, 4946 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4947 4948 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4949 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4950 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4951 4952 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4953 u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4954 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4955 u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4956 4957 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4958 struct net_device *dev, 4959 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4960 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4961 u64 reqid); 4962 4963 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4964 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4965 4966 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4967 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 4968 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 4969 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 4970 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4971 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4972 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4973 4974 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4975 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4976 4977 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4978 struct net_device *dev, 4979 u16 noack_map); 4980 4981 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4982 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4983 unsigned int link_id, 4984 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4985 4986 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4987 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4988 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4989 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4990 4991 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4992 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4993 4994 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4995 struct net_device *dev, 4996 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4997 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 4998 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4999 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 5000 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5001 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 5002 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5003 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5004 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 5005 u16 duration); 5006 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5007 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5008 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5009 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 5010 5011 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5012 struct net_device *dev, 5013 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 5014 5015 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5016 struct net_device *dev, 5017 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5018 5019 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5020 unsigned int link_id, 5021 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5022 5023 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5024 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 5025 u16 admitted_time); 5026 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5027 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 5028 5029 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5030 struct net_device *dev, 5031 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 5032 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5033 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5034 struct net_device *dev, 5035 const u8 *addr); 5036 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5037 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 5038 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5039 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5040 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 5041 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5042 u64 cookie); 5043 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5044 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5045 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 5046 u32 changes); 5047 5048 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5049 struct net_device *dev, 5050 const bool enabled); 5051 5052 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5053 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5054 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 5055 5056 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5057 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 5058 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5059 const u8 *aa); 5060 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5061 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 5062 5063 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5064 struct net_device *dev, 5065 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5066 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 5067 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 5068 u64 *cookie); 5069 5070 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5071 struct net_device *dev, 5072 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 5073 5074 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5075 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5076 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5077 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5078 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5079 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 5080 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5081 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5082 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5083 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 5084 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5085 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 5086 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5087 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 5088 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5089 struct net_device *dev, 5090 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 5091 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5092 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 5093 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5094 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5095 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5096 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5097 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5098 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5099 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5100 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 5101 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5102 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 5103 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5104 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 5105 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5106 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5107 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); 5108 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5109 bool val); 5110 }; 5111 5112 /* 5113 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 5114 * and registration/helper functions 5115 */ 5116 5117 /** 5118 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 5119 * 5120 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 5121 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 5122 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 5123 * wiphy at all 5124 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 5125 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 5126 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 5127 * reason to override the default 5128 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 5129 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 5130 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5131 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5132 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5133 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5134 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5135 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5136 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5137 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5138 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5139 * firmware. 5140 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5141 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5142 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5143 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5144 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5145 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5146 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5147 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5148 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5149 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5150 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5151 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5152 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5153 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5154 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5155 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 5156 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5157 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5158 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5159 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5160 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5161 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5162 * should set this flag for now. 5163 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5164 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5165 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5166 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5167 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5168 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5169 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5170 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 5171 */ 5172 enum wiphy_flags { 5173 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5174 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5175 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5176 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5177 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5178 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5179 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5180 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5181 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5182 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5183 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5184 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5185 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5186 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5187 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5188 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5189 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5190 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5191 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5192 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5193 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5194 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5195 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 5196 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5197 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5198 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5199 }; 5200 5201 /** 5202 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5203 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5204 * @types: interface types (bits) 5205 */ 5206 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5207 u16 max; 5208 u16 types; 5209 }; 5210 5211 /** 5212 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5213 * 5214 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5215 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5216 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5217 * that radio. 5218 * 5219 * Examples: 5220 * 5221 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5222 * 5223 * .. code-block:: c 5224 * 5225 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5226 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5227 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5228 * }; 5229 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5230 * .limits = limits1, 5231 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5232 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5233 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5234 * }; 5235 * 5236 * 5237 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5238 * 5239 * .. code-block:: c 5240 * 5241 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5242 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5243 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5244 * }; 5245 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5246 * .limits = limits2, 5247 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5248 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5249 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5250 * }; 5251 * 5252 * 5253 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5254 * 5255 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5256 * 5257 * .. code-block:: c 5258 * 5259 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5260 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5261 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5262 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5263 * }; 5264 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5265 * .limits = limits3, 5266 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5267 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5268 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5269 * }; 5270 * 5271 */ 5272 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5273 /** 5274 * @limits: 5275 * limits for the given interface types 5276 */ 5277 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5278 5279 /** 5280 * @num_different_channels: 5281 * can use up to this many different channels 5282 */ 5283 u32 num_different_channels; 5284 5285 /** 5286 * @max_interfaces: 5287 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5288 */ 5289 u16 max_interfaces; 5290 5291 /** 5292 * @n_limits: 5293 * number of limitations 5294 */ 5295 u8 n_limits; 5296 5297 /** 5298 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5299 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5300 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5301 */ 5302 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5303 5304 /** 5305 * @radar_detect_widths: 5306 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5307 */ 5308 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5309 5310 /** 5311 * @radar_detect_regions: 5312 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5313 */ 5314 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5315 5316 /** 5317 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5318 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5319 * 5320 * = 0 5321 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5322 * > 0 5323 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5324 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5325 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5326 */ 5327 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5328 }; 5329 5330 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5331 u16 tx, rx; 5332 }; 5333 5334 /** 5335 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5336 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5337 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5338 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5339 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5340 * packet should be preserved in that case 5341 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5342 * (see nl80211.h) 5343 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5344 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5345 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5346 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5347 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5348 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5349 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5350 */ 5351 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5352 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5353 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5354 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5355 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5356 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5357 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5358 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5359 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5360 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5361 }; 5362 5363 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5364 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5365 u32 data_payload_max; 5366 u32 data_interval_max; 5367 u32 wake_payload_max; 5368 bool seq; 5369 }; 5370 5371 /** 5372 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5373 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5374 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5375 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5376 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5377 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5378 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5379 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5380 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5381 * scheduled scans. 5382 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5383 * details. 5384 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5385 */ 5386 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5387 u32 flags; 5388 int n_patterns; 5389 int pattern_max_len; 5390 int pattern_min_len; 5391 int max_pkt_offset; 5392 int max_nd_match_sets; 5393 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5394 }; 5395 5396 /** 5397 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5398 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5399 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5400 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5401 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5402 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5403 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5404 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5405 */ 5406 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5407 int n_rules; 5408 int max_delay; 5409 int n_patterns; 5410 int pattern_max_len; 5411 int pattern_min_len; 5412 int max_pkt_offset; 5413 }; 5414 5415 /** 5416 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5417 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5418 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5419 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5420 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5421 */ 5422 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5423 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5424 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5425 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5426 }; 5427 5428 /** 5429 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5430 * 5431 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5432 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5433 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5434 * 5435 */ 5436 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5437 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5438 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5439 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5440 }; 5441 5442 /** 5443 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5444 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5445 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5446 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5447 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5448 */ 5449 5450 struct sta_opmode_info { 5451 u32 changed; 5452 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5453 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5454 u8 rx_nss; 5455 }; 5456 5457 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5458 5459 /** 5460 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5461 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5462 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5463 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5464 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5465 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5466 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5467 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5468 * dumpit calls. 5469 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5470 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5471 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5472 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5473 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5474 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5475 * are used with dump requests. 5476 */ 5477 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5478 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5479 u32 flags; 5480 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5481 const void *data, int data_len); 5482 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5483 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5484 unsigned long *storage); 5485 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5486 unsigned int maxattr; 5487 }; 5488 5489 /** 5490 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5491 * @iftype: interface type 5492 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5493 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5494 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5495 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5496 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5497 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5498 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5499 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5500 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5501 */ 5502 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5503 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5504 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5505 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5506 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5507 u16 eml_capabilities; 5508 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5509 }; 5510 5511 /** 5512 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5513 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5514 * @type: the interface type to look up 5515 * 5516 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 5517 */ 5518 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5519 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5520 5521 /** 5522 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5523 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5524 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5525 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5526 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5527 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5528 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5529 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5530 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5531 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5532 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5533 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5534 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5535 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5536 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5537 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5538 * not limited) 5539 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5540 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5541 */ 5542 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5543 unsigned int max_peers; 5544 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5545 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5546 5547 struct { 5548 u32 preambles; 5549 u32 bandwidths; 5550 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5551 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5552 u8 supported:1, 5553 asap:1, 5554 non_asap:1, 5555 request_lci:1, 5556 request_civicloc:1, 5557 trigger_based:1, 5558 non_trigger_based:1; 5559 } ftm; 5560 }; 5561 5562 /** 5563 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5564 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5565 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5566 * 5567 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5568 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5569 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5570 */ 5571 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5572 u16 iftypes_mask; 5573 const u32 *akm_suites; 5574 int n_akm_suites; 5575 }; 5576 5577 /** 5578 * struct wiphy_radio_cfg - physical radio config of a wiphy 5579 * This structure describes the configurations of a physical radio in a 5580 * wiphy. It is used to denote per-radio attributes belonging to a wiphy. 5581 * 5582 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); 5583 * -1 (default) = RTS/CTS disabled 5584 */ 5585 struct wiphy_radio_cfg { 5586 u32 rts_threshold; 5587 }; 5588 5589 /** 5590 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 5591 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 5592 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 5593 */ 5594 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 5595 u32 start_freq; 5596 u32 end_freq; 5597 }; 5598 5599 5600 /** 5601 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 5602 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 5603 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 5604 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 5605 * 5606 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 5607 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 5608 * 5609 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5610 * list single interface types. 5611 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5612 * 5613 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 5614 */ 5615 struct wiphy_radio { 5616 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 5617 int n_freq_range; 5618 5619 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5620 int n_iface_combinations; 5621 5622 u32 antenna_mask; 5623 }; 5624 5625 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5626 5627 /** 5628 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5629 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5630 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5631 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5632 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5633 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5634 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5635 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5636 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5637 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5638 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5639 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5640 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5641 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5642 * iftype_akm_suites. 5643 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5644 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5645 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5646 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5647 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5648 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5649 * suites are specified separately. 5650 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5651 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5652 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5653 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5654 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5655 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5656 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5657 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5658 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5659 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5660 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5661 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5662 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5663 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5664 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5665 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5666 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5667 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5668 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5669 * unregister hardware 5670 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5671 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5672 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5673 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5674 * (see below). 5675 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5676 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5677 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5678 * must be set by driver 5679 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5680 * list single interface types. 5681 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5682 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5683 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5684 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5685 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5686 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5687 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5688 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5689 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5690 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5691 * this variable determines its size 5692 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5693 * any given scan 5694 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5695 * the device can run concurrently. 5696 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5697 * for in any given scheduled scan 5698 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5699 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5700 * supported. 5701 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5702 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5703 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5704 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5705 * scans 5706 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5707 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5708 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5709 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5710 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5711 * scan plan supported by the device. 5712 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5713 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5714 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5715 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5716 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5717 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5718 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5719 * 5720 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5721 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5722 * type 5723 * 5724 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5725 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5726 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5727 * 5728 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5729 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5730 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5731 * 5732 * @probe_resp_offload: 5733 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5734 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5735 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5736 * 5737 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5738 * may request, if implemented. 5739 * 5740 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5741 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5742 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5743 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5744 * 5745 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5746 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5747 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5748 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5749 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5750 * 5751 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5752 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5753 * 5754 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5755 * supports for ACL. 5756 * 5757 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5758 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5759 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5760 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5761 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5762 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5763 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5764 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5765 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5766 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5767 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5768 * capabilities are specified separately. 5769 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5770 * 5771 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5772 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5773 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5774 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5775 * 5776 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5777 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5778 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5779 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5780 * 5781 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5782 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5783 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5784 * infinite. 5785 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5786 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5787 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5788 * 5789 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5790 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5791 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5792 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5793 * 5794 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5795 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5796 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5797 * 5798 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5799 * wake_tx_queue 5800 * 5801 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5802 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5803 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5804 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5805 * 5806 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5807 * 5808 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5809 * device has 5810 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5811 * supported by the driver for each vif 5812 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5813 * supported by the driver for each peer 5814 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5815 * long/short retry configuration 5816 * 5817 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5818 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5819 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5820 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5821 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5822 * 5823 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5824 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5825 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5826 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5827 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5828 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5829 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5830 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5831 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5832 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5833 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5834 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5835 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5836 * 5837 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5838 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5839 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5840 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5841 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5842 * specify a mac address). 5843 * 5844 * @radio_cfg: configuration of radios belonging to a muli-radio wiphy. This 5845 * struct contains a list of all radio specific attributes and should be 5846 * used only for multi-radio wiphy. 5847 * 5848 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 5849 * @n_radio: number of radios 5850 */ 5851 struct wiphy { 5852 struct mutex mtx; 5853 5854 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5855 5856 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5857 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5858 5859 struct mac_address *addresses; 5860 5861 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5862 5863 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5864 int n_iface_combinations; 5865 u16 software_iftypes; 5866 5867 u16 n_addresses; 5868 5869 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5870 u16 interface_modes; 5871 5872 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5873 5874 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5875 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5876 5877 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5878 5879 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5880 5881 int bss_priv_size; 5882 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5883 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5884 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5885 u8 max_match_sets; 5886 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5887 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5888 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5889 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5890 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5891 5892 int n_cipher_suites; 5893 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5894 5895 int n_akm_suites; 5896 const u32 *akm_suites; 5897 5898 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5899 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5900 5901 u8 retry_short; 5902 u8 retry_long; 5903 u32 frag_threshold; 5904 u32 rts_threshold; 5905 u8 coverage_class; 5906 5907 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5908 u32 hw_version; 5909 5910 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5911 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5912 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5913 #endif 5914 5915 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5916 5917 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5918 5919 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5920 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5921 5922 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5923 5924 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5925 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5926 5927 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5928 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5929 5930 const void *privid; 5931 5932 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5933 5934 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5935 struct regulatory_request *request); 5936 5937 struct wiphy_radio_cfg *radio_cfg; 5938 5939 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5940 5941 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5942 5943 struct device dev; 5944 5945 bool registered; 5946 5947 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5948 5949 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5950 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5951 5952 struct list_head wdev_list; 5953 5954 possible_net_t _net; 5955 5956 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5957 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5958 #endif 5959 5960 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5961 5962 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5963 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5964 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5965 5966 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5967 5968 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5969 5970 u32 bss_select_support; 5971 5972 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5973 5974 u32 txq_limit; 5975 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5976 u32 txq_quantum; 5977 5978 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5979 5980 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5981 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5982 5983 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5984 5985 struct { 5986 u64 peer, vif; 5987 u8 max_retry; 5988 } tid_config_support; 5989 5990 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5991 5992 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5993 5994 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5995 5996 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5997 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5998 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5999 6000 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 6001 6002 int n_radio; 6003 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 6004 6005 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 6006 }; 6007 6008 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6009 { 6010 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 6011 } 6012 6013 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 6014 { 6015 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 6016 } 6017 6018 /** 6019 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 6020 * 6021 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 6022 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 6023 */ 6024 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6025 { 6026 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 6027 return &wiphy->priv; 6028 } 6029 6030 /** 6031 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 6032 * 6033 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 6034 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 6035 */ 6036 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 6037 { 6038 BUG_ON(!priv); 6039 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 6040 } 6041 6042 /** 6043 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 6044 * 6045 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 6046 * @dev: The device to parent it to 6047 */ 6048 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 6049 { 6050 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 6051 } 6052 6053 /** 6054 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 6055 * 6056 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 6057 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 6058 */ 6059 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6060 { 6061 return wiphy->dev.parent; 6062 } 6063 6064 /** 6065 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 6066 * 6067 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 6068 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 6069 */ 6070 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 6071 { 6072 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 6073 } 6074 6075 /** 6076 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6077 * 6078 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6079 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6080 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 6081 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 6082 * 6083 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6084 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6085 * 6086 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6087 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6088 */ 6089 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 6090 const char *requested_name); 6091 6092 /** 6093 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6094 * 6095 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6096 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6097 * 6098 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6099 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6100 * 6101 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6102 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6103 */ 6104 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 6105 int sizeof_priv) 6106 { 6107 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 6108 } 6109 6110 /** 6111 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 6112 * 6113 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 6114 * 6115 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 6116 */ 6117 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6118 6119 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 6120 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 6121 6122 /** 6123 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 6124 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6125 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6126 * 6127 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 6128 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 6129 */ 6130 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 6131 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6132 6133 /** 6134 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 6135 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6136 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6137 * 6138 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 6139 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 6140 */ 6141 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 6142 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6143 6144 /** 6145 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 6146 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 6147 * 6148 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6149 * 6150 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6151 */ 6152 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6153 6154 /** 6155 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6156 * 6157 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6158 * 6159 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6160 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6161 * request that is being handled. 6162 */ 6163 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6164 6165 /** 6166 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6167 * 6168 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6169 */ 6170 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6171 6172 /* internal structs */ 6173 struct cfg80211_conn; 6174 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6175 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6176 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6177 6178 /** 6179 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6180 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6181 * 6182 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6183 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6184 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6185 * differentiate which way it's called. 6186 * 6187 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6188 * 6189 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6190 * 6191 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6192 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6193 */ 6194 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6195 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6196 { 6197 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6198 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6199 } 6200 6201 /** 6202 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6203 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6204 */ 6205 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6206 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6207 { 6208 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6209 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6210 } 6211 6212 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6213 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6214 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6215 6216 struct wiphy_work; 6217 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6218 6219 struct wiphy_work { 6220 struct list_head entry; 6221 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6222 }; 6223 6224 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6225 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6226 { 6227 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6228 work->func = func; 6229 } 6230 6231 /** 6232 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6233 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6234 * @work: the work item 6235 * 6236 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6237 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6238 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6239 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6240 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6241 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6242 */ 6243 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6244 6245 /** 6246 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6247 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6248 * @work: the work to cancel 6249 * 6250 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6251 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6252 */ 6253 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6254 6255 /** 6256 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6257 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6258 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6259 * 6260 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6261 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6262 */ 6263 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6264 6265 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6266 struct wiphy_work work; 6267 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6268 struct timer_list timer; 6269 }; 6270 6271 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6272 6273 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6274 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6275 { 6276 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6277 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6278 } 6279 6280 /** 6281 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6282 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6283 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6284 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6285 * 6286 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6287 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6288 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6289 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6290 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6291 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6292 */ 6293 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6294 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6295 unsigned long delay); 6296 6297 /** 6298 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6299 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6300 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6301 * 6302 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6303 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6304 */ 6305 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6306 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6307 6308 /** 6309 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6310 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6311 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6312 * 6313 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6314 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6315 */ 6316 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6317 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6318 6319 /** 6320 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 6321 * work item is currently pending. 6322 * 6323 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6324 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 6325 * 6326 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 6327 * 6328 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 6329 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 6330 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 6331 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 6332 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 6333 * won't run before that. 6334 * 6335 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 6336 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 6337 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 6338 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 6339 * is currently executing. 6340 * 6341 * CPU0 CPU1 6342 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 6343 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 6344 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 6345 * 6346 * [...] 6347 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 6348 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 6349 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 6350 * wk->timer->function() | 6351 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 6352 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 6353 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 6354 * | been run yet 6355 * [...] | 6356 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 6357 * wk->func() V 6358 * 6359 */ 6360 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6361 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6362 6363 /** 6364 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 6365 * 6366 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 6367 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 6368 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 6369 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 6370 */ 6371 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 6372 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 6373 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 6374 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 6375 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 6376 }; 6377 6378 /** 6379 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 6380 * 6381 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 6382 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 6383 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 6384 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 6385 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 6386 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 6387 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 6388 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 6389 * 6390 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 6391 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 6392 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 6393 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 6394 * 6395 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 6396 * @iftype: interface type 6397 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 6398 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 6399 * for the notifier 6400 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 6401 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 6402 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 6403 * wireless device if it has no netdev 6404 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 6405 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 6406 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 6407 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 6408 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 6409 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 6410 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 6411 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 6412 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 6413 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 6414 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 6415 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 6416 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 6417 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 6418 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 6419 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 6420 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 6421 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 6422 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 6423 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 6424 * need to propagate the update to the driver 6425 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 6426 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 6427 * the P2P Device. 6428 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 6429 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 6430 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 6431 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 6432 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 6433 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 6434 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 6435 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 6436 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 6437 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 6438 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 6439 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 6440 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 6441 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 6442 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 6443 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 6444 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 6445 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 6446 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 6447 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 6448 * unprotected beacon report 6449 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 6450 * @ap and @client for each link 6451 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 6452 * started 6453 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 6454 * entered. 6455 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 6456 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 6457 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 6458 */ 6459 struct wireless_dev { 6460 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6461 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6462 6463 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 6464 struct list_head list; 6465 struct net_device *netdev; 6466 6467 u32 identifier; 6468 6469 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 6470 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 6471 6472 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 6473 6474 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 6475 6476 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 6477 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 6478 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 6479 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 6480 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 6481 6482 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 6483 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6484 6485 struct list_head event_list; 6486 spinlock_t event_lock; 6487 6488 u8 connected:1; 6489 6490 bool ps; 6491 int ps_timeout; 6492 6493 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 6494 6495 u32 owner_nlportid; 6496 bool nl_owner_dead; 6497 6498 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6499 /* wext data */ 6500 struct { 6501 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6502 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6503 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6504 const u8 *ie; 6505 size_t ie_len; 6506 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6507 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6508 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6509 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6510 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6511 } wext; 6512 #endif 6513 6514 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 6515 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 6516 6517 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6518 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6519 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6520 6521 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6522 6523 union { 6524 struct { 6525 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6526 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6527 u8 ssid_len; 6528 } client; 6529 struct { 6530 int beacon_interval; 6531 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6532 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6533 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 6534 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6535 } mesh; 6536 struct { 6537 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6538 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6539 u8 ssid_len; 6540 } ap; 6541 struct { 6542 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6543 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6544 int beacon_interval; 6545 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6546 u8 ssid_len; 6547 } ibss; 6548 struct { 6549 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6550 } ocb; 6551 } u; 6552 6553 struct { 6554 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6555 union { 6556 struct { 6557 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6558 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6559 } ap; 6560 struct { 6561 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6562 } client; 6563 }; 6564 6565 bool cac_started; 6566 unsigned long cac_start_time; 6567 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 6568 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6569 u16 valid_links; 6570 6571 u32 radio_mask; 6572 }; 6573 6574 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6575 { 6576 if (wdev->netdev) 6577 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6578 return wdev->address; 6579 } 6580 6581 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6582 { 6583 if (wdev->netdev) 6584 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6585 return wdev->is_running; 6586 } 6587 6588 /** 6589 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6590 * 6591 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6592 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6593 */ 6594 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6595 { 6596 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6597 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6598 } 6599 6600 /** 6601 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6602 * @wdev: the wdev 6603 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6604 * 6605 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6606 */ 6607 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6608 unsigned int link_id); 6609 6610 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6611 unsigned int link_id) 6612 { 6613 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6614 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6615 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6616 } 6617 6618 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6619 for (link_id = 0; \ 6620 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6621 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6622 link_id++) \ 6623 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6624 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6625 6626 /** 6627 * DOC: Utility functions 6628 * 6629 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6630 */ 6631 6632 /** 6633 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6634 * 6635 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6636 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6637 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6638 */ 6639 static inline bool 6640 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6641 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6642 { 6643 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6644 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6645 } 6646 6647 /** 6648 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6649 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6650 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6651 */ 6652 static inline u32 6653 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6654 { 6655 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6656 } 6657 6658 /** 6659 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6660 * 6661 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6662 * @chan: channel 6663 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6664 */ 6665 enum nl80211_chan_width 6666 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6667 6668 /** 6669 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6670 * @chan: channel number 6671 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6672 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6673 */ 6674 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6675 6676 /** 6677 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6678 * @chan: channel number 6679 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6680 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6681 */ 6682 static inline int 6683 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6684 { 6685 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6686 } 6687 6688 /** 6689 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6690 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6691 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6692 */ 6693 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6694 6695 /** 6696 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6697 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6698 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6699 */ 6700 static inline int 6701 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6702 { 6703 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6704 } 6705 6706 /** 6707 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6708 * frequency 6709 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6710 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6711 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6712 */ 6713 struct ieee80211_channel * 6714 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6715 6716 /** 6717 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6718 * 6719 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6720 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6721 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6722 */ 6723 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6724 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6725 { 6726 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6727 } 6728 6729 /** 6730 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6731 * @chan: control channel to check 6732 * 6733 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6734 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6735 * 6736 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 6737 */ 6738 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6739 { 6740 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6741 return false; 6742 6743 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6744 } 6745 6746 /** 6747 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 6748 * 6749 * @radio: wiphy radio 6750 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 6751 * 6752 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 6753 */ 6754 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 6755 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6756 6757 /** 6758 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 6759 * 6760 * @wdev: the wireless device 6761 * @chan: channel to check 6762 * 6763 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 6764 */ 6765 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6766 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6767 6768 /** 6769 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6770 * 6771 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6772 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6773 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6774 * 6775 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6776 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6777 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6778 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6779 */ 6780 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6781 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6782 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6783 6784 /** 6785 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6786 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6787 * 6788 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 6789 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6790 */ 6791 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 6792 6793 /* 6794 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6795 * 6796 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6797 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6798 */ 6799 6800 struct radiotap_align_size { 6801 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6802 }; 6803 6804 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6805 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6806 int n_bits; 6807 uint32_t oui; 6808 uint8_t subns; 6809 }; 6810 6811 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6812 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6813 int n_ns; 6814 }; 6815 6816 /** 6817 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6818 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6819 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6820 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6821 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6822 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6823 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6824 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6825 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6826 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6827 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6828 * radiotap namespace or not 6829 * 6830 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6831 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6832 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6833 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6834 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6835 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6836 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6837 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6838 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6839 * next bitmap word 6840 * 6841 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6842 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6843 */ 6844 6845 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6846 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6847 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6848 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6849 6850 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6851 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6852 6853 unsigned char *this_arg; 6854 int this_arg_index; 6855 int this_arg_size; 6856 6857 int is_radiotap_ns; 6858 6859 int _max_length; 6860 int _arg_index; 6861 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6862 int _reset_on_ext; 6863 }; 6864 6865 int 6866 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6867 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6868 int max_length, 6869 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6870 6871 int 6872 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6873 6874 6875 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6876 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6877 6878 /** 6879 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6880 * 6881 * @skb: the frame 6882 * 6883 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6884 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6885 * 6886 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6887 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6888 * 802.11 header. 6889 */ 6890 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6891 6892 /** 6893 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6894 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6895 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6896 */ 6897 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6898 6899 /** 6900 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6901 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6902 * (first byte) will be accessed 6903 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6904 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6905 */ 6906 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6907 6908 /** 6909 * DOC: Data path helpers 6910 * 6911 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6912 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6913 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6914 */ 6915 6916 /** 6917 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6918 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6919 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6920 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6921 * @addr: the device MAC address 6922 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6923 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6924 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6925 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6926 */ 6927 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6928 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6929 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6930 6931 /** 6932 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6933 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6934 * @addr: the device MAC address 6935 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6936 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6937 */ 6938 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6939 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6940 { 6941 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6942 } 6943 6944 /** 6945 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6946 * 6947 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6948 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6949 * mesh control field. 6950 * 6951 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6952 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6953 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6954 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6955 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6956 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6957 */ 6958 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6959 6960 /** 6961 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6962 * 6963 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6964 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6965 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6966 * 6967 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6968 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6969 * initialized by the caller. 6970 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6971 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6972 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6973 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6974 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6975 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6976 */ 6977 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6978 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6979 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6980 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6981 u8 mesh_control); 6982 6983 /** 6984 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6985 * 6986 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6987 * protocol. 6988 * 6989 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6990 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6991 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6992 */ 6993 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6994 6995 /** 6996 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6997 * 6998 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6999 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 7000 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 7001 * 7002 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 7003 * 7004 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7005 */ 7006 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 7007 7008 /** 7009 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 7010 * @skb: the data frame 7011 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 7012 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 7013 */ 7014 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 7015 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 7016 7017 /** 7018 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 7019 * 7020 * @eid: element ID 7021 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7022 * @len: length of data 7023 * @match: byte array to match 7024 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7025 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 7026 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 7027 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 7028 * the data portion instead. 7029 * 7030 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7031 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7032 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7033 * requested element struct. 7034 * 7035 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7036 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7037 * byte array to match. 7038 */ 7039 const struct element * 7040 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7041 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7042 unsigned int match_offset); 7043 7044 /** 7045 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 7046 * 7047 * @eid: element ID 7048 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7049 * @len: length of data 7050 * @match: byte array to match 7051 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7052 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 7053 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 7054 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 7055 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 7056 * the second byte is the IE length. 7057 * 7058 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7059 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7060 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 7061 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7062 * element ID. 7063 * 7064 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7065 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7066 * byte array to match. 7067 */ 7068 static inline const u8 * 7069 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7070 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7071 unsigned int match_offset) 7072 { 7073 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 7074 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 7075 */ 7076 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 7077 (!match_len && match_offset))) 7078 return NULL; 7079 7080 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 7081 match, match_len, 7082 match_offset ? 7083 match_offset - 2 : 0); 7084 } 7085 7086 /** 7087 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 7088 * 7089 * @eid: element ID 7090 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7091 * @len: length of data 7092 * 7093 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7094 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7095 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7096 * requested element struct. 7097 * 7098 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7099 * having to fit into the given data. 7100 */ 7101 static inline const struct element * 7102 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7103 { 7104 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7105 } 7106 7107 /** 7108 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 7109 * 7110 * @eid: element ID 7111 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7112 * @len: length of data 7113 * 7114 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7115 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7116 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7117 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7118 * 7119 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7120 * having to fit into the given data. 7121 */ 7122 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7123 { 7124 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7125 } 7126 7127 /** 7128 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 7129 * 7130 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7131 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7132 * @len: length of data 7133 * 7134 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 7135 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7136 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7137 * requested element struct. 7138 * 7139 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7140 * having to fit into the given data. 7141 */ 7142 static inline const struct element * 7143 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7144 { 7145 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7146 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 7147 } 7148 7149 /** 7150 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7151 * 7152 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7153 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7154 * @len: length of data 7155 * 7156 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7157 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7158 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7159 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7160 * 7161 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7162 * having to fit into the given data. 7163 */ 7164 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7165 { 7166 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7167 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7168 } 7169 7170 /** 7171 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7172 * 7173 * @oui: vendor OUI 7174 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7175 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7176 * @len: length of data 7177 * 7178 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7179 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7180 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7181 * 7182 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7183 * the given data. 7184 */ 7185 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7186 const u8 *ies, 7187 unsigned int len); 7188 7189 /** 7190 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7191 * 7192 * @oui: vendor OUI 7193 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7194 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7195 * @len: length of data 7196 * 7197 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7198 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7199 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7200 * element ID. 7201 * 7202 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7203 * the given data. 7204 */ 7205 static inline const u8 * 7206 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7207 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7208 { 7209 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7210 } 7211 7212 /** 7213 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7214 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7215 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7216 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7217 */ 7218 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7219 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7220 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7221 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7222 }; 7223 7224 /** 7225 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 7226 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 7227 * their entries in 7228 * @elems_len: length of the elements 7229 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7230 * for the return value 7231 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 7232 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 7233 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 7234 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 7235 * or elements were malformed.) 7236 */ 7237 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 7238 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7239 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 7240 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 7241 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 7242 void *iter_data); 7243 7244 /** 7245 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 7246 * 7247 * @elem: the element to defragment 7248 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 7249 * @ieslen: length of @ies 7250 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 7251 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 7252 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 7253 * 7254 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 7255 * 7256 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 7257 * skipping all headers. 7258 * 7259 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 7260 * element in-place. 7261 */ 7262 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 7263 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 7264 u8 frag_id); 7265 7266 /** 7267 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 7268 * 7269 * @dev: network device 7270 * @addr: STA MAC address 7271 * 7272 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 7273 * devices upon STA association. 7274 */ 7275 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7276 7277 /** 7278 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 7279 * 7280 * TODO 7281 */ 7282 7283 /** 7284 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 7285 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 7286 * conflicts) 7287 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 7288 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 7289 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 7290 * alpha2. 7291 * 7292 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 7293 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 7294 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 7295 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 7296 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 7297 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 7298 * 7299 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 7300 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 7301 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 7302 * 7303 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7304 * an -ENOMEM. 7305 * 7306 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 7307 */ 7308 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 7309 7310 /** 7311 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 7312 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7313 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7314 * 7315 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 7316 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 7317 * information. 7318 * 7319 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7320 */ 7321 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7322 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7323 7324 /** 7325 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 7326 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7327 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7328 * 7329 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 7330 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 7331 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 7332 * 7333 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7334 */ 7335 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7336 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7337 7338 /** 7339 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 7340 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7341 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 7342 * 7343 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 7344 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 7345 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 7346 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 7347 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 7348 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 7349 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 7350 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 7351 * that called this helper. 7352 */ 7353 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7354 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 7355 7356 /** 7357 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 7358 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 7359 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 7360 * 7361 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 7362 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 7363 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 7364 * and processed already. 7365 * 7366 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 7367 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 7368 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 7369 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 7370 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 7371 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 7372 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 7373 */ 7374 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7375 u32 center_freq); 7376 7377 /** 7378 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 7379 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 7380 * 7381 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 7382 * proper string representation. 7383 * 7384 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 7385 */ 7386 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 7387 7388 /** 7389 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 7390 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 7391 * 7392 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 7393 * 7394 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 7395 */ 7396 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7397 7398 /** 7399 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 7400 * 7401 */ 7402 7403 /** 7404 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 7405 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 7406 * 7407 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 7408 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 7409 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 7410 * 7411 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 7412 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 7413 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 7414 * 7415 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7416 * an -ENODATA. 7417 * 7418 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 7419 */ 7420 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 7421 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 7422 7423 /* 7424 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 7425 * functions and BSS handling helpers 7426 */ 7427 7428 /** 7429 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 7430 * 7431 * @request: the corresponding scan request 7432 * @info: information about the completed scan 7433 */ 7434 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 7435 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 7436 7437 /** 7438 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 7439 * 7440 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 7441 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7442 */ 7443 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7444 7445 /** 7446 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7447 * 7448 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7449 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7450 * 7451 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7452 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7453 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7454 */ 7455 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7456 7457 /** 7458 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7459 * 7460 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7461 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7462 * 7463 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7464 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7465 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7466 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 7467 */ 7468 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7469 7470 /** 7471 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 7472 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7473 * @data: the BSS metadata 7474 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 7475 * @len: length of the management frame 7476 * @gfp: context flags 7477 * 7478 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7479 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7480 * 7481 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7482 * Or %NULL on error. 7483 */ 7484 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7485 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7486 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7487 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7488 gfp_t gfp); 7489 7490 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7491 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7492 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7493 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7494 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7495 { 7496 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7497 .chan = rx_channel, 7498 .signal = signal, 7499 }; 7500 7501 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7502 } 7503 7504 /** 7505 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 7506 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 7507 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 7508 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 7509 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 7510 */ 7511 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 7512 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 7513 { 7514 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 7515 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 7516 u64 new_bssid_u64; 7517 7518 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 7519 7520 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 7521 7522 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 7523 } 7524 7525 /** 7526 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 7527 * @element: element to check 7528 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 7529 * 7530 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 7531 */ 7532 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 7533 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 7534 7535 /** 7536 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 7537 * @ie: ies 7538 * @ielen: length of IEs 7539 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 7540 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 7541 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 7542 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 7543 * 7544 * Return: the number of bytes merged 7545 */ 7546 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7547 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 7548 const struct element *sub_elem, 7549 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 7550 7551 /** 7552 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7553 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7554 * from a beacon or probe response 7555 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7556 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7557 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 7558 */ 7559 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7560 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7561 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7562 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7563 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 7564 }; 7565 7566 /** 7567 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7568 * @ie: IEs 7569 * @ielen: length of IEs 7570 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7571 * 7572 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7573 */ 7574 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7575 enum nl80211_band band); 7576 7577 /** 7578 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 7579 * @a: first SSID 7580 * @b: second SSID 7581 * 7582 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 7583 */ 7584 static inline bool 7585 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 7586 { 7587 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 7588 return false; 7589 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 7590 return false; 7591 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 7592 } 7593 7594 /** 7595 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7596 * 7597 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7598 * @data: the BSS metadata 7599 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7600 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7601 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7602 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7603 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7604 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7605 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7606 * @gfp: context flags 7607 * 7608 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7609 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7610 * 7611 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7612 * Or %NULL on error. 7613 */ 7614 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7615 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7616 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7617 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7618 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7619 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7620 gfp_t gfp); 7621 7622 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7623 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7624 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7625 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7626 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7627 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7628 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7629 { 7630 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7631 .chan = rx_channel, 7632 .signal = signal, 7633 }; 7634 7635 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7636 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7637 gfp); 7638 } 7639 7640 /** 7641 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7642 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7643 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7644 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7645 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7646 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7647 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7648 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7649 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 7650 * 7651 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7652 */ 7653 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7654 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7655 const u8 *bssid, 7656 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7657 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7658 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 7659 u32 use_for); 7660 7661 /** 7662 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7663 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7664 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7665 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7666 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7667 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7668 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7669 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7670 * 7671 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 7672 * 7673 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7674 */ 7675 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7676 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7677 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7678 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7679 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 7680 { 7681 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 7682 bss_type, privacy, 7683 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 7684 } 7685 7686 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7687 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7688 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7689 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7690 { 7691 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7692 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7693 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7694 } 7695 7696 /** 7697 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7698 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7699 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7700 * 7701 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7702 */ 7703 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7704 7705 /** 7706 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7707 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7708 * @bss: the BSS struct 7709 * 7710 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7711 */ 7712 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7713 7714 /** 7715 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7716 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7717 * @bss: the bss to remove 7718 * 7719 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7720 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7721 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7722 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7723 */ 7724 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7725 7726 /** 7727 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7728 * 7729 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7730 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7731 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7732 * 7733 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7734 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7735 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7736 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7737 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7738 */ 7739 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7740 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7741 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7742 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7743 void *data), 7744 void *iter_data); 7745 7746 /** 7747 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7748 * @dev: network device 7749 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7750 * @len: length of the frame data 7751 * 7752 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7753 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7754 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7755 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7756 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7757 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7758 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7759 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7760 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7761 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7762 * 7763 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7764 */ 7765 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7766 7767 /** 7768 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7769 * @dev: network device 7770 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7771 * 7772 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7773 * mutex. 7774 */ 7775 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7776 7777 /** 7778 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 7779 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7780 * @len: length of the frame data 7781 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7782 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7783 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7784 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7785 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7786 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7787 * non-MLO connections 7788 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 7789 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7790 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7791 * were rejected by the AP. 7792 */ 7793 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 7794 const u8 *buf; 7795 size_t len; 7796 const u8 *req_ies; 7797 size_t req_ies_len; 7798 int uapsd_queues; 7799 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7800 struct { 7801 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7802 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7803 u16 status; 7804 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7805 }; 7806 7807 /** 7808 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7809 * @dev: network device 7810 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 7811 * 7812 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7813 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7814 * 7815 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7816 */ 7817 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7818 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 7819 7820 /** 7821 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7822 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7823 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7824 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7825 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7826 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7827 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7828 */ 7829 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7830 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7831 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7832 bool timeout; 7833 }; 7834 7835 /** 7836 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7837 * @dev: network device 7838 * @data: data describing the association failure 7839 * 7840 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7841 */ 7842 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7843 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7844 7845 /** 7846 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7847 * @dev: network device 7848 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7849 * @len: length of the frame data 7850 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7851 * 7852 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7853 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7854 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7855 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7856 */ 7857 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7858 bool reconnect); 7859 7860 /** 7861 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7862 * @dev: network device 7863 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7864 * @len: length of the frame data 7865 * 7866 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7867 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7868 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7869 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7870 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7871 * 7872 * This function may sleep. 7873 */ 7874 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7875 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7876 7877 /** 7878 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7879 * @dev: network device 7880 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7881 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7882 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7883 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7884 * @gfp: allocation flags 7885 * 7886 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7887 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7888 * primitive. 7889 */ 7890 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7891 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7892 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7893 7894 /** 7895 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7896 * 7897 * @dev: network device 7898 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7899 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7900 * @gfp: allocation flags 7901 * 7902 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7903 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7904 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7905 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7906 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7907 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7908 */ 7909 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7910 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7911 7912 /** 7913 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7914 * candidate 7915 * 7916 * @dev: network device 7917 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7918 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7919 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7920 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7921 * @gfp: allocation flags 7922 * 7923 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7924 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7925 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7926 */ 7927 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7928 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7929 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7930 7931 /** 7932 * DOC: RFkill integration 7933 * 7934 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7935 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7936 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7937 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 7938 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7939 * 7940 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7941 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7942 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7943 */ 7944 7945 /** 7946 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7947 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7948 * @blocked: block status 7949 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7950 */ 7951 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7952 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7953 7954 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7955 { 7956 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7957 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7958 } 7959 7960 /** 7961 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7962 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7963 */ 7964 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7965 7966 /** 7967 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7968 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7969 */ 7970 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7971 { 7972 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7973 } 7974 7975 /** 7976 * DOC: Vendor commands 7977 * 7978 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7979 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7980 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7981 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7982 * the configuration mechanism. 7983 * 7984 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7985 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 7986 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7987 * 7988 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7989 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7990 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7991 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7992 * managers etc. need. 7993 */ 7994 7995 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7996 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7997 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7998 int approxlen); 7999 8000 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8001 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8002 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8003 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8004 unsigned int portid, 8005 int vendor_event_idx, 8006 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 8007 8008 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 8009 8010 /** 8011 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 8012 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8013 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8014 * be put into the skb 8015 * 8016 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8017 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8018 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 8019 * 8020 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 8021 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8022 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8023 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8024 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8025 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 8026 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 8027 * 8028 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 8029 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 8030 * 8031 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8032 */ 8033 static inline struct sk_buff * 8034 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8035 { 8036 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8037 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 8038 } 8039 8040 /** 8041 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 8042 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8043 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 8044 * 8045 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8046 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 8047 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 8048 * skb regardless of the return value. 8049 * 8050 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8051 */ 8052 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 8053 8054 /** 8055 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 8056 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8057 * 8058 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 8059 * 8060 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 8061 */ 8062 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8063 8064 /** 8065 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 8066 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8067 * @wdev: the wireless device 8068 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8069 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8070 * be put into the skb 8071 * @gfp: allocation flags 8072 * 8073 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8074 * vendor-specific multicast group. 8075 * 8076 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8077 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8078 * attribute. 8079 * 8080 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8081 * skb to send the event. 8082 * 8083 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8084 */ 8085 static inline struct sk_buff * 8086 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8087 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8088 { 8089 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8090 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8091 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8092 } 8093 8094 /** 8095 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 8096 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8097 * @wdev: the wireless device 8098 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8099 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 8100 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8101 * be put into the skb 8102 * @gfp: allocation flags 8103 * 8104 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 8105 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 8106 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 8107 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 8108 * 8109 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8110 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8111 * attribute. 8112 * 8113 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8114 * skb to send the event. 8115 * 8116 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8117 */ 8118 static inline struct sk_buff * 8119 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8120 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8121 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 8122 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8123 { 8124 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8125 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8126 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8127 } 8128 8129 /** 8130 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 8131 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 8132 * @gfp: allocation flags 8133 * 8134 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8135 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 8136 */ 8137 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8138 { 8139 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8140 } 8141 8142 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 8143 /** 8144 * DOC: Test mode 8145 * 8146 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 8147 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 8148 * factory programming. 8149 * 8150 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8151 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8152 */ 8153 8154 /** 8155 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8156 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8157 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8158 * be put into the skb 8159 * 8160 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8161 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8162 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8163 * 8164 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8165 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8166 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8167 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8168 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8169 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8170 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8171 * 8172 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8173 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8174 * 8175 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8176 */ 8177 static inline struct sk_buff * 8178 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8179 { 8180 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8181 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8182 } 8183 8184 /** 8185 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8186 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8187 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8188 * 8189 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8190 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8191 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8192 * regardless of the return value. 8193 * 8194 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8195 */ 8196 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8197 { 8198 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8199 } 8200 8201 /** 8202 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8203 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8204 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8205 * be put into the skb 8206 * @gfp: allocation flags 8207 * 8208 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8209 * testmode multicast group. 8210 * 8211 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8212 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8213 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8214 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8215 * in any other way. 8216 * 8217 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 8218 * skb to send the event. 8219 * 8220 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8221 */ 8222 static inline struct sk_buff * 8223 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 8224 { 8225 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8226 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 8227 approxlen, gfp); 8228 } 8229 8230 /** 8231 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 8232 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8233 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 8234 * @gfp: allocation flags 8235 * 8236 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8237 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 8238 * consumes it. 8239 */ 8240 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8241 { 8242 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8243 } 8244 8245 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 8246 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 8247 #else 8248 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 8249 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 8250 #endif 8251 8252 /** 8253 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 8254 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 8255 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 8256 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 8257 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 8258 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 8259 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 8260 * status for a FILS connection. 8261 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8262 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 8263 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 8264 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8265 */ 8266 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 8267 const u8 *kek; 8268 size_t kek_len; 8269 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 8270 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 8271 const u8 *pmk; 8272 size_t pmk_len; 8273 const u8 *pmkid; 8274 }; 8275 8276 /** 8277 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 8278 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8279 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8280 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8281 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8282 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8283 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8284 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8285 * case. 8286 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 8287 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 8288 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8289 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 8290 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 8291 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8292 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8293 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8294 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8295 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8296 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8297 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 8298 * zero. 8299 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8300 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 8301 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 8302 * connected AP info. 8303 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 8304 * %NULL. 8305 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 8306 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 8307 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 8308 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 8309 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 8310 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 8311 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 8312 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 8313 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 8314 * to be specified. 8315 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 8316 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 8317 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 8318 */ 8319 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 8320 int status; 8321 const u8 *req_ie; 8322 size_t req_ie_len; 8323 const u8 *resp_ie; 8324 size_t resp_ie_len; 8325 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8326 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 8327 8328 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8329 u16 valid_links; 8330 struct { 8331 const u8 *addr; 8332 const u8 *bssid; 8333 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8334 u16 status; 8335 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8336 }; 8337 8338 /** 8339 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8340 * 8341 * @dev: network device 8342 * @params: connection response parameters 8343 * @gfp: allocation flags 8344 * 8345 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8346 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8347 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 8348 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 8349 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 8350 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8351 */ 8352 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 8353 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 8354 gfp_t gfp); 8355 8356 /** 8357 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8358 * 8359 * @dev: network device 8360 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8361 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 8362 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 8363 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 8364 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 8365 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 8366 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 8367 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8368 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8369 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8370 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8371 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8372 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8373 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8374 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8375 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8376 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8377 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8378 * case. 8379 * @gfp: allocation flags 8380 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8381 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8382 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8383 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8384 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8385 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8386 * 8387 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8388 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8389 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 8390 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 8391 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8392 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8393 */ 8394 static inline void 8395 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8396 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 8397 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 8398 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 8399 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8400 { 8401 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 8402 8403 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 8404 params.status = status; 8405 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 8406 params.links[0].bss = bss; 8407 params.req_ie = req_ie; 8408 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 8409 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 8410 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 8411 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 8412 8413 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 8414 } 8415 8416 /** 8417 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8418 * 8419 * @dev: network device 8420 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8421 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8422 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8423 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8424 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8425 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8426 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8427 * the real status code for failures. 8428 * @gfp: allocation flags 8429 * 8430 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8431 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8432 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 8433 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8434 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8435 */ 8436 static inline void 8437 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8438 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 8439 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 8440 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 8441 { 8442 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 8443 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 8444 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 8445 } 8446 8447 /** 8448 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 8449 * 8450 * @dev: network device 8451 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8452 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8453 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8454 * @gfp: allocation flags 8455 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 8456 * 8457 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 8458 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 8459 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 8460 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 8461 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 8462 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8463 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8464 */ 8465 static inline void 8466 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8467 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 8468 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8469 { 8470 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 8471 gfp, timeout_reason); 8472 } 8473 8474 /** 8475 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 8476 * 8477 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8478 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8479 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8480 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8481 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 8482 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 8483 * Otherwise zero. 8484 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8485 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 8486 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 8487 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 8488 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 8489 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 8490 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 8491 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 8492 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 8493 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 8494 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 8495 */ 8496 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 8497 const u8 *req_ie; 8498 size_t req_ie_len; 8499 const u8 *resp_ie; 8500 size_t resp_ie_len; 8501 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8502 8503 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8504 u16 valid_links; 8505 struct { 8506 const u8 *addr; 8507 const u8 *bssid; 8508 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 8509 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8510 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8511 }; 8512 8513 /** 8514 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 8515 * 8516 * @dev: network device 8517 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 8518 * @gfp: allocation flags 8519 * 8520 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 8521 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 8522 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 8523 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 8524 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 8525 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 8526 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 8527 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 8528 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 8529 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 8530 */ 8531 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 8532 gfp_t gfp); 8533 8534 /** 8535 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 8536 * 8537 * @dev: network device 8538 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 8539 * in case of AP/P2P GO 8540 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 8541 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 8542 * @gfp: allocation flags 8543 * 8544 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 8545 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 8546 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 8547 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 8548 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 8549 * indicate the 802.11 association. 8550 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 8551 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 8552 * associated STA/GC. 8553 */ 8554 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 8555 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 8556 8557 /** 8558 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 8559 * 8560 * @dev: network device 8561 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 8562 * @ie_len: length of IEs 8563 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 8564 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 8565 * @gfp: allocation flags 8566 * 8567 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 8568 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 8569 */ 8570 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 8571 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8572 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8573 8574 /** 8575 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8576 * @wdev: wireless device 8577 * @cookie: the request cookie 8578 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8579 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8580 * channel 8581 * @gfp: allocation flags 8582 */ 8583 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8584 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8585 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8586 8587 /** 8588 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8589 * @wdev: wireless device 8590 * @cookie: the request cookie 8591 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8592 * @gfp: allocation flags 8593 */ 8594 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8595 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8596 gfp_t gfp); 8597 8598 /** 8599 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8600 * @wdev: wireless device 8601 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8602 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8603 * @gfp: allocation flags 8604 */ 8605 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8606 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8607 8608 /** 8609 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8610 * 8611 * @sinfo: the station information 8612 * @gfp: allocation flags 8613 * 8614 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8615 */ 8616 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8617 8618 /** 8619 * cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8620 * 8621 * @link_sinfo: the link station information 8622 * @gfp: allocation flags 8623 * 8624 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8625 */ 8626 int cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct link_station_info *link_sinfo, 8627 gfp_t gfp); 8628 8629 /** 8630 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8631 * @sinfo: the station information 8632 * 8633 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8634 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8635 * the stack.) 8636 */ 8637 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8638 { 8639 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8640 8641 for (int link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE(sinfo->links); link_id++) { 8642 if (sinfo->links[link_id]) { 8643 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]->pertid); 8644 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]); 8645 } 8646 } 8647 } 8648 8649 /** 8650 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8651 * 8652 * @dev: the netdev 8653 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8654 * @sinfo: the station information 8655 * @gfp: allocation flags 8656 */ 8657 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8658 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8659 8660 /** 8661 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8662 * @dev: the netdev 8663 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8664 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8665 * @gfp: allocation flags 8666 */ 8667 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8668 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8669 8670 /** 8671 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8672 * 8673 * @dev: the netdev 8674 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8675 * @gfp: allocation flags 8676 */ 8677 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8678 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8679 { 8680 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8681 } 8682 8683 /** 8684 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8685 * 8686 * @dev: the netdev 8687 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8688 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8689 * @gfp: allocation flags 8690 * 8691 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8692 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8693 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8694 * 8695 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8696 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8697 */ 8698 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8699 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8700 gfp_t gfp); 8701 8702 /** 8703 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8704 * 8705 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8706 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8707 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8708 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8709 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8710 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8711 * @len: length of the frame data 8712 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8713 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8714 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8715 */ 8716 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8717 int freq; 8718 int sig_dbm; 8719 bool have_link_id; 8720 u8 link_id; 8721 const u8 *buf; 8722 size_t len; 8723 u32 flags; 8724 u64 rx_tstamp; 8725 u64 ack_tstamp; 8726 }; 8727 8728 /** 8729 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8730 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8731 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8732 * 8733 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8734 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8735 * 8736 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8737 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8738 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8739 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8740 */ 8741 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8742 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8743 8744 /** 8745 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8746 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8747 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8748 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8749 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8750 * @len: length of the frame data 8751 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8752 * 8753 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8754 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8755 * 8756 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8757 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8758 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8759 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8760 */ 8761 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8762 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8763 u32 flags) 8764 { 8765 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8766 .freq = freq, 8767 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8768 .buf = buf, 8769 .len = len, 8770 .flags = flags 8771 }; 8772 8773 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8774 } 8775 8776 /** 8777 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8778 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8779 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8780 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8781 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8782 * @len: length of the frame data 8783 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8784 * 8785 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8786 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8787 * 8788 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8789 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8790 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8791 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8792 */ 8793 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8794 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8795 u32 flags) 8796 { 8797 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8798 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8799 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8800 .buf = buf, 8801 .len = len, 8802 .flags = flags 8803 }; 8804 8805 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8806 } 8807 8808 /** 8809 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8810 * 8811 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8812 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8813 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8814 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8815 * @len: length of the frame data 8816 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8817 */ 8818 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8819 u64 cookie; 8820 u64 tx_tstamp; 8821 u64 ack_tstamp; 8822 const u8 *buf; 8823 size_t len; 8824 bool ack; 8825 }; 8826 8827 /** 8828 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8829 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8830 * @status: TX status data 8831 * @gfp: context flags 8832 * 8833 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8834 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8835 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8836 */ 8837 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8838 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8839 8840 /** 8841 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8842 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8843 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8844 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8845 * @len: length of the frame data 8846 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8847 * @gfp: context flags 8848 * 8849 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8850 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8851 * transmission attempt. 8852 */ 8853 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8854 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8855 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8856 { 8857 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8858 .cookie = cookie, 8859 .buf = buf, 8860 .len = len, 8861 .ack = ack 8862 }; 8863 8864 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8865 } 8866 8867 /** 8868 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8869 * port frames 8870 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8871 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8872 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8873 * @len: length of the frame data 8874 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8875 * @gfp: context flags 8876 * 8877 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8878 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8879 * the transmission attempt. 8880 */ 8881 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8882 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8883 gfp_t gfp); 8884 8885 /** 8886 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8887 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8888 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8889 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8890 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8891 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8892 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8893 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8894 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8895 * 8896 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8897 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8898 * control port frames over nl80211. 8899 * 8900 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8901 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8902 * 8903 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8904 */ 8905 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8906 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8907 8908 /** 8909 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8910 * @dev: network device 8911 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8912 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8913 * @gfp: context flags 8914 * 8915 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8916 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8917 */ 8918 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8919 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8920 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8921 8922 /** 8923 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8924 * @dev: network device 8925 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8926 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8927 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8928 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8929 * @gfp: context flags 8930 */ 8931 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8932 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8933 8934 /** 8935 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8936 * @dev: network device 8937 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8938 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8939 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8940 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8941 * @gfp: context flags 8942 * 8943 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8944 * given interval is exceeded. 8945 */ 8946 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8947 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8948 8949 /** 8950 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8951 * @dev: network device 8952 * @gfp: context flags 8953 * 8954 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8955 */ 8956 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8957 8958 /** 8959 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8960 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8961 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8962 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8963 * @gfp: context flags 8964 * 8965 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8966 */ 8967 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8968 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8969 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8970 8971 static inline void 8972 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8973 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8974 gfp_t gfp) 8975 { 8976 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8977 } 8978 8979 static inline void 8980 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8981 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8982 gfp_t gfp) 8983 { 8984 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8985 } 8986 8987 /** 8988 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8989 * @dev: network device 8990 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8991 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8992 * @gfp: context flags 8993 * 8994 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8995 * frame. 8996 */ 8997 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8998 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8999 gfp_t gfp); 9000 9001 /** 9002 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 9003 * @netdev: network device 9004 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9005 * @event: type of event 9006 * @gfp: context flags 9007 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 9008 * 9009 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 9010 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 9011 * also by full-MAC drivers. 9012 */ 9013 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9014 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9015 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 9016 unsigned int link_id); 9017 9018 /** 9019 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 9020 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9021 * 9022 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 9023 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 9024 */ 9025 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9026 9027 /** 9028 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 9029 * @dev: network device 9030 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 9031 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 9032 * @gfp: allocation flags 9033 */ 9034 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9035 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 9036 9037 /** 9038 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 9039 * @dev: network device 9040 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 9041 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 9042 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 9043 * @gfp: allocation flags 9044 */ 9045 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 9046 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 9047 9048 /** 9049 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 9050 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9051 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9052 * @addr: the transmitter address 9053 * @gfp: context flags 9054 * 9055 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9056 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 9057 * sender. 9058 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9059 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9060 */ 9061 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9062 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9063 9064 /** 9065 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 9066 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9067 * @addr: the transmitter address 9068 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9069 * @gfp: context flags 9070 * 9071 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9072 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 9073 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 9074 * station to avoid event flooding. 9075 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9076 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9077 */ 9078 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9079 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9080 9081 /** 9082 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 9083 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 9084 * @addr: the address of the peer 9085 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 9086 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 9087 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 9088 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 9089 * @gfp: allocation flags 9090 */ 9091 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9092 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 9093 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 9094 9095 /** 9096 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 9097 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9098 * @frame: the frame 9099 * @len: length of the frame 9100 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 9101 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9102 * 9103 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9104 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9105 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9106 */ 9107 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 9108 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 9109 9110 /** 9111 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 9112 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9113 * @frame: the frame 9114 * @len: length of the frame 9115 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 9116 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9117 * 9118 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9119 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9120 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9121 */ 9122 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9123 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 9124 int freq, int sig_dbm) 9125 { 9126 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9127 sig_dbm); 9128 } 9129 9130 /** 9131 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 9132 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 9133 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 9134 * interface connected already on the same channel) 9135 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 9136 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 9137 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 9138 */ 9139 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 9140 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 9141 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 9142 bool relax; 9143 }; 9144 9145 /** 9146 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 9147 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9148 * @chandef: the channel definition 9149 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 9150 * 9151 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9152 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9153 */ 9154 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9155 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9156 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 9157 9158 /** 9159 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 9160 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9161 * @chandef: the channel definition 9162 * @iftype: interface type 9163 * 9164 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9165 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9166 */ 9167 static inline bool 9168 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9169 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9170 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9171 { 9172 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9173 .iftype = iftype, 9174 }; 9175 9176 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9177 } 9178 9179 /** 9180 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9181 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9182 * @chandef: the channel definition 9183 * @iftype: interface type 9184 * 9185 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9186 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9187 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9188 * more permissive conditions. 9189 * 9190 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9191 */ 9192 static inline bool 9193 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9194 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9195 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9196 { 9197 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9198 .iftype = iftype, 9199 .relax = true, 9200 }; 9201 9202 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9203 } 9204 9205 /** 9206 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9207 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9208 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9209 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9210 * 9211 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 9212 * driver context! 9213 */ 9214 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9215 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9216 unsigned int link_id); 9217 9218 /** 9219 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 9220 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 9221 * @chandef: the future channel definition 9222 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9223 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 9224 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 9225 * 9226 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 9227 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 9228 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 9229 */ 9230 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9231 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9232 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 9233 bool quiet); 9234 9235 /** 9236 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 9237 * 9238 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9239 * @band: band pointer to fill 9240 * 9241 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9242 */ 9243 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 9244 enum nl80211_band *band); 9245 9246 /** 9247 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 9248 * 9249 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9250 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 9251 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 9252 * 9253 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9254 */ 9255 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 9256 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9257 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9258 9259 /** 9260 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 9261 * 9262 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9263 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 9264 * 9265 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9266 */ 9267 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9268 u8 *op_class); 9269 9270 /** 9271 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 9272 * 9273 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9274 * 9275 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 9276 */ 9277 static inline u32 9278 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 9279 { 9280 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 9281 } 9282 9283 /** 9284 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 9285 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 9286 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 9287 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 9288 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 9289 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 9290 * @gfp: allocation flags 9291 * 9292 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 9293 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 9294 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 9295 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 9296 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 9297 */ 9298 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9299 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 9300 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 9301 9302 /** 9303 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 9304 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 9305 * 9306 * Return: calculated bitrate 9307 */ 9308 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 9309 9310 /** 9311 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 9312 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 9313 * 9314 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 9315 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 9316 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 9317 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 9318 * is unbound from the driver. 9319 * 9320 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9321 */ 9322 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9323 9324 /** 9325 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 9326 * @dev: the netdev to register 9327 * 9328 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9329 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 9330 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 9331 * instead as well. 9332 * 9333 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9334 * 9335 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9336 */ 9337 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 9338 9339 /** 9340 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 9341 * @dev: the netdev to register 9342 * 9343 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9344 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 9345 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 9346 * usable instead as well. 9347 * 9348 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9349 */ 9350 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 9351 { 9352 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 9353 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 9354 #endif 9355 } 9356 9357 /** 9358 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 9359 * @ies: FT IEs 9360 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 9361 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 9362 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 9363 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 9364 */ 9365 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 9366 const u8 *ies; 9367 size_t ies_len; 9368 const u8 *target_ap; 9369 const u8 *ric_ies; 9370 size_t ric_ies_len; 9371 }; 9372 9373 /** 9374 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 9375 * @netdev: network device 9376 * @ft_event: IE information 9377 */ 9378 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9379 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 9380 9381 /** 9382 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 9383 * @ies: the input IE buffer 9384 * @len: the input length 9385 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 9386 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 9387 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 9388 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 9389 * 9390 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 9391 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 9392 * 9393 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 9394 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 9395 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 9396 */ 9397 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 9398 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 9399 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 9400 9401 /** 9402 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 9403 * @ies: the IE buffer 9404 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9405 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9406 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9407 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9408 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9409 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 9410 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 9411 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9412 * 9413 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9414 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9415 * split. 9416 * 9417 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9418 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9419 * 9420 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9421 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9422 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9423 * 9424 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9425 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9426 * used. 9427 */ 9428 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9429 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 9430 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 9431 size_t offset); 9432 9433 /** 9434 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 9435 * @ies: the IE buffer 9436 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9437 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9438 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9439 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9440 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9441 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9442 * 9443 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9444 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9445 * split. 9446 * 9447 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9448 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9449 * 9450 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9451 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9452 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9453 * 9454 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9455 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9456 * used. 9457 */ 9458 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9459 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 9460 { 9461 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 9462 } 9463 9464 /** 9465 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 9466 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 9467 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 9468 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 9469 * 9470 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 9471 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 9472 * accordingly. 9473 */ 9474 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 9475 9476 /** 9477 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 9478 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 9479 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 9480 * @gfp: allocation flags 9481 * 9482 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 9483 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 9484 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 9485 * else caused the wakeup. 9486 */ 9487 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9488 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 9489 gfp_t gfp); 9490 9491 /** 9492 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 9493 * 9494 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 9495 * @gfp: allocation flags 9496 * 9497 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 9498 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 9499 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 9500 */ 9501 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 9502 9503 /** 9504 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 9505 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9506 * 9507 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 9508 */ 9509 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9510 9511 /** 9512 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 9513 * 9514 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9515 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9516 * 9517 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 9518 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 9519 * the interface combinations. 9520 * 9521 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 9522 */ 9523 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9524 struct iface_combination_params *params); 9525 9526 /** 9527 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 9528 * 9529 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9530 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9531 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 9532 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 9533 * 9534 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 9535 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 9536 * purposes. 9537 * 9538 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9539 */ 9540 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9541 struct iface_combination_params *params, 9542 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 9543 void *data), 9544 void *data); 9545 /** 9546 * cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan - get the radio index by the channel 9547 * 9548 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9549 * @chan: channel for which the supported radio index is required 9550 * 9551 * Return: radio index on success or a negative error code 9552 */ 9553 int cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9554 const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 9555 9556 9557 /** 9558 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 9559 * 9560 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9561 * @wdev: wireless device 9562 * @gfp: context flags 9563 * 9564 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 9565 * disconnected. 9566 * 9567 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 9568 */ 9569 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9570 gfp_t gfp); 9571 9572 /** 9573 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 9574 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 9575 * 9576 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 9577 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 9578 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 9579 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 9580 * 9581 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 9582 * the driver while the function is running. 9583 */ 9584 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9585 9586 /** 9587 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 9588 * 9589 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9590 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9591 * 9592 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9593 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9594 */ 9595 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9596 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9597 { 9598 u8 *ft_byte; 9599 9600 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9601 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 9602 } 9603 9604 /** 9605 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 9606 * 9607 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9608 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9609 * 9610 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9611 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9612 * 9613 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 9614 */ 9615 static inline bool 9616 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9617 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9618 { 9619 u8 ft_byte; 9620 9621 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9622 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 9623 } 9624 9625 /** 9626 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 9627 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 9628 * 9629 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 9630 */ 9631 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 9632 9633 /** 9634 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 9635 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 9636 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 9637 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 9638 * result. 9639 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 9640 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9641 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 9642 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 9643 * @info_len: the length of the &info 9644 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 9645 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 9646 */ 9647 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 9648 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 9649 u8 inst_id; 9650 u8 peer_inst_id; 9651 const u8 *addr; 9652 u8 info_len; 9653 const u8 *info; 9654 u64 cookie; 9655 }; 9656 9657 /** 9658 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 9659 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9660 * @match: match notification parameters 9661 * @gfp: allocation flags 9662 * 9663 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 9664 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 9665 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 9666 */ 9667 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9668 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 9669 9670 /** 9671 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 9672 * 9673 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9674 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9675 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 9676 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 9677 * @gfp: allocation flags 9678 * 9679 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 9680 */ 9681 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9682 u8 inst_id, 9683 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9684 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9685 9686 /* ethtool helper */ 9687 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9688 9689 /** 9690 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9691 * @netdev: network device 9692 * @params: External authentication parameters 9693 * @gfp: allocation flags 9694 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9695 */ 9696 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9697 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9698 gfp_t gfp); 9699 9700 /** 9701 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9702 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9703 * @req: the original measurement request 9704 * @result: the result data 9705 * @gfp: allocation flags 9706 */ 9707 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9708 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9709 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9710 gfp_t gfp); 9711 9712 /** 9713 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9714 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9715 * @req: the original measurement request 9716 * @gfp: allocation flags 9717 * 9718 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9719 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9720 */ 9721 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9722 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9723 gfp_t gfp); 9724 9725 /** 9726 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9727 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9728 * @iftype: interface type 9729 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9730 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9731 * 9732 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9733 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9734 * check_swif is '1'. 9735 * 9736 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 9737 */ 9738 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9739 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9740 9741 9742 /** 9743 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9744 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 9745 * @netdev: network device 9746 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 9747 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9748 * 9749 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9750 */ 9751 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9752 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9753 9754 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9755 9756 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9757 9758 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9759 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9760 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9761 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9762 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9763 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9764 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9765 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9766 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9767 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9768 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9769 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9770 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9771 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9772 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9773 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9774 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9775 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9776 9777 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9778 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9779 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9780 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9781 9782 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9783 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9784 9785 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9786 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9787 9788 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9789 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9790 #else 9791 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9792 ({ \ 9793 if (0) \ 9794 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9795 0; \ 9796 }) 9797 #endif 9798 9799 /* 9800 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9801 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9802 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9803 */ 9804 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9805 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9806 9807 /** 9808 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9809 * @netdev: network device 9810 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9811 * @gfp: allocation flags 9812 */ 9813 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9814 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9815 gfp_t gfp); 9816 9817 /** 9818 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9819 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9820 */ 9821 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9822 9823 /** 9824 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9825 * @dev: network device 9826 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9827 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9828 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9829 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9830 * 9831 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9832 */ 9833 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9834 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9835 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 9836 9837 /** 9838 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9839 * @dev: network device 9840 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9841 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9842 * 9843 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9844 */ 9845 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9846 u64 color_bitmap, 9847 u8 link_id) 9848 { 9849 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9850 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 9851 } 9852 9853 /** 9854 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9855 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9856 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9857 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9858 * 9859 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9860 * 9861 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9862 */ 9863 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9864 u8 count, u8 link_id) 9865 { 9866 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9867 count, 0, link_id); 9868 } 9869 9870 /** 9871 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9872 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9873 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9874 * 9875 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9876 * 9877 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9878 */ 9879 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9880 u8 link_id) 9881 { 9882 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9883 0, 0, link_id); 9884 } 9885 9886 /** 9887 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9888 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9889 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9890 * 9891 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9892 * 9893 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9894 */ 9895 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9896 u8 link_id) 9897 { 9898 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9899 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9900 0, 0, link_id); 9901 } 9902 9903 /** 9904 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 9905 * @dev: network device. 9906 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 9907 * 9908 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 9909 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 9910 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 9911 * case disconnect instead. 9912 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 9913 */ 9914 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 9915 9916 /** 9917 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 9918 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 9919 * @len: length of the frame data 9920 * @driver_initiated: Indicates whether the add links request is initiated by 9921 * driver. This is set to true when the link reconfiguration request 9922 * initiated by driver due to AP link recommendation requests 9923 * (Ex: BTM (BSS Transition Management) request) handling offloaded to 9924 * driver. 9925 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 9926 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 9927 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 9928 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 9929 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 9930 * 9931 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 9932 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 9933 */ 9934 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 9935 const u8 *buf; 9936 size_t len; 9937 bool driver_initiated; 9938 u16 added_links; 9939 struct { 9940 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9941 u8 *addr; 9942 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9943 }; 9944 9945 /** 9946 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 9947 * @dev: network device. 9948 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 9949 * 9950 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 9951 * request to add links to the association is done. 9952 */ 9953 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 9954 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 9955 9956 /** 9957 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 9958 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 9959 * 9960 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 9961 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 9962 * hold anymore. 9963 */ 9964 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9965 9966 /** 9967 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 9968 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 9969 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 9970 */ 9971 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 9972 9973 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 9974 /** 9975 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 9976 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9977 * @file: the file being read 9978 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 9979 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9980 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 9981 * @count: read count 9982 * @ppos: read position 9983 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9984 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 9985 * 9986 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 9987 */ 9988 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9989 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9990 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9991 loff_t *ppos, 9992 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9993 struct file *file, 9994 char *buf, 9995 size_t bufsize, 9996 void *data), 9997 void *data); 9998 9999 /** 10000 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 10001 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10002 * @file: the file being written to 10003 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 10004 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10005 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 10006 * @count: read count 10007 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10008 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 10009 * 10010 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 10011 */ 10012 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10013 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10014 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10015 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10016 struct file *file, 10017 char *buf, 10018 size_t count, 10019 void *data), 10020 void *data); 10021 #endif 10022 10023 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 10024